Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

or

 

o    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number 1-34722

 

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

27-1679071

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

333 Clay Street, Suite 1500, Houston, Texas

 

77002

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(713) 646-4100

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes o   No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes o   No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated Filer o

 

Accelerated Filer x

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller Reporting Company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o    No   x

 

The aggregate market value of the Common Units held by non-affiliates of the registrant (treating all executive officers and directors of the registrant and holders of 10% or more of the Common Units outstanding, for this purpose, as if they may be affiliates of the registrant) was approximately $548 million on June 30, 2012, based on a closing price of $17.87 per Common Unit as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date.

 

At February 20, 2013, there were outstanding 59,205,075 Common Units.

 


 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

NONE

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-K—2012 ANNUAL REPORT

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

Items 1 and 2.

Business and Properties

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

20

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

38

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

38

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

38

 

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Units, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

39

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

40

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

43

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

54

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

55

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

55

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

55

Item 9B.

Other Information

56

 

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

57

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

63

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters

74

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

77

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

80

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

81

 

1



Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

All statements included in this report, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including but not limited to statements incorporating the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend” and “forecast,” as well as similar expressions and statements regarding our business strategy, plans and objectives for future operations. The absence of such words, expressions or statements, however, does not mean that the statements are not forward-looking. Any such forward looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, based on what we believe to be reasonable assumptions. Certain factors could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from the results or outcomes anticipated in the forward-looking statements. The most important of these factors include, but are not limited to:

 

·                          a continuation of reduced volatility and/or lower spreads in natural gas markets for an extended period of time;

 

·                          factors affecting demand for natural gas storage services and the rates we are able to charge for such services, including the balance between the supply of and the demand for natural gas;

 

·                          our ability to maintain or replace expiring storage contracts, or enter into new storage contracts, in either case at attractive rates and on otherwise favorable terms;

 

·                          factors affecting our ability to realize revenues from hub services and merchant storage transactions involving uncontracted or unutilized capacity at our facilities;

 

·                          operational, geologic or other factors that affect the timing or amount of crude oil and other liquid hydrocarbons that we are able to produce in conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility;

 

·                              the occurrence of a natural disaster, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other event, including attacks on our electronic and computer systems;

 

·                          market or other factors that affect the prices we are able to realize for crude oil and other liquid hydrocarbons produced in conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility;

 

·                          our ability to obtain and/or maintain all permits, approvals and authorizations that are necessary to conduct our business and execute our capital projects;

 

·                          the impact of operational, geologic and commercial factors that could result in an inability on our part to satisfy our contractual commitments and obligations, including the impact of equipment performance, cavern operating pressures, cavern temperature variances, salt creep and subsurface conditions or events;

 

·                          risks related to the ownership, development and operation of natural gas storage facilities;

 

·                          failure to implement or execute planned internal growth projects on a timely basis and within targeted cost projections;

 

·                          the effectiveness of our risk management activities;

 

·                          the effects of competition;

 

·                          interruptions in service and fluctuations in tariffs or volumes on third-party pipelines;

 

·                          general economic, market or business conditions and the amplification of other risks caused by volatile financial markets, capital constraints and pervasive liquidity concerns;

 

·                          the successful integration and future performance of acquired assets or businesses;

 

·                          our ability to obtain debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms to fund additional acquisitions, expansion projects, working capital requirements and the repayment or refinancing of indebtedness;

 

·                          the impact of current and future laws, rulings, governmental regulations, accounting standards and statements and related interpretations;

 

·                          shortages or cost increases of supplies, materials or labor;

 

·                          weather interference with business operations or project construction;

 

·                          our ability to receive open credit from our suppliers and trade counterparties;

 

2



Table of Contents

 

·                          continued creditworthiness of, and performance by, our counterparties, including financial institutions and trading companies with which we do business;

 

·                          the availability of, and our ability to consummate, acquisition or combination opportunities;

 

·                          the operations or financial performance of assets or businesses that we acquire;

 

·                          environmental liabilities or events that are not covered by an indemnity, insurance or existing reserves;

 

·                          increased costs or unavailability of insurance;

 

·                          fluctuations in the debt and equity markets, including the price of our units at the time of vesting under our long-term incentive plan; and

 

·                          other factors and uncertainties inherent in the ownership, development and operation of natural gas storage facilities.

 

Other factors described herein, as well as factors that are unknown or unpredictable, could also have a material adverse effect on future results. See Item 1A. “Risks Factors.” Except as required by applicable securities laws, we do not intend to update these forward-looking statements and information.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Items 1 and 2.      Business and Properties

 

General

 

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership formed by Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (PAA) on January 15, 2010. Our operations are conducted directly and indirectly through our primary operating subsidiaries. As used in this Form 10-K and unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Partnership,” “PNG,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “ours” and similar terms refer to PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries.

 

Our business consists of the acquisition, development, ownership, operation and commercial management of natural gas storage facilities. As of December 31, 2012, we owned and operated three natural gas storage facilities located in Louisiana, Mississippi and Michigan. We also lease storage capacity and pipeline transportation capacity from third parties from time to time in order to increase our operational flexibility and enhance the services we offer our customers.

 

We provide natural gas storage services to a broad mix of customers, including local gas distribution companies, or LDCs, electric utilities, pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators, marketers, producers, LNG exporters and affiliates of such entities. Our storage rates are regulated under Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, rate-making policies, which currently permit our facilities to charge market-based rates for our services.

 

Organizational History

 

We were formed as a limited partnership to own, operate and grow the natural gas storage business of PAA, in which it acquired its initial interest in 2005. Our 2% general partner interest is held by PNGS GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is PAA. References to our “general partner,” as the context requires, include only PNGS GP LLC.

 

Partnership Structure and Management

 

At December 31, 2012, PAA owned an aggregate direct and indirect 64% ownership interest in us comprised of the general partner’s 2% interest, 28.2 million common units, 11.9 million Series A subordinated units and 13.5 million Series B subordinated units, as well as incentive distribution rights. The Series B subordinated units are not entitled to participate in our quarterly distributions unless and until they convert into Series A subordinated units or common units. The Series B subordinated units are, however, entitled to vote on matters submitted to a vote to our unitholders.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

The diagram below illustrates the structure of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. at February 20, 2013.

 

 


(1)                      Incentive Distribution Rights (“IDRs”). See Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Units, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” for discussion of our general partner’s IDRs.

 

PNGS GP LLC, our general partner, has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations. We have entered into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its affiliates, which governs certain aspects of our relationship with them, including the provision by PAA’s general partner to us of certain general and administrative services and employees, our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for the cost of such services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the use by us of the name “PAA” and related marks, and other matters. See Item 10. “Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance” and Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Related Party Transactions — Omnibus Agreement.”

 

As is common with publicly traded partnerships and in order to maximize operational flexibility, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our principal business strategy is to capitalize on the anticipated long-term growth in demand for natural gas storage services in North America by owning and operating high-quality natural gas storage facilities and providing reliable, competitive and flexible natural gas storage and related services. In executing this strategy, we intend to expand the scope and scale of our business, grow our

 

5



Table of Contents

 

earnings and cash flow and increase the amount of cash distributions we make to our unitholders over time. Our plan for executing this strategy includes the following key components:

 

·                          Optimizing our existing natural gas storage facilities. Our primary commercial objective is to generate a significant portion of our revenues by committing a high percentage of our storage capacity under firm multi-year storage contracts. We also provide our customers with a variety of hub services that are designed to accommodate customer needs, maximize the utilization of our assets and optimize our earnings and cash flow. Commercially, and operationally, we routinely seek to optimize our profitability by executing various initiatives that increase our efficiency, reliability and flexibility.

 

·                          Through our dedicated commercial marketing group, using a portion of our storage capacity in conjunction with our commercial marketing activities to enhance our margins. Similar to the business model employed by PAA, and without altering our basic commercial strategy of committing a high percentage of our storage capacity under multi-year firm storage contracts, we have a dedicated commercial marketing group that captures market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related commercial marketing activities.

 

·                          Organically expanding our existing natural gas storage facilities. Our existing assets enable us to expand the capacity of our storage caverns on what we believe to be attractive economic terms. We currently have permitted expansion activities underway at each of our three facilities. Taking into account expansions that are currently under construction and permitted expansions not yet under construction, we have the potential to increase our capacity from approximately 93 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of working capacity at December 31, 2012 to an aggregate of approximately 149 Bcf of working capacity at these three facilities.

 

·                          Pursuing strategic and accretive acquisition or development projects. We continually evaluate opportunities to acquire or develop new natural gas storage facilities in our existing and new markets. In general, we seek acquisition or development opportunities that will be accretive (i.e. result in an increase in distributable cash flow on a per unit basis) and that will add natural gas storage assets or facilities that either complement our existing assets or strategically enhance our overall business by facilitating our entry into a desirable new market, diversifying our customer base or positioning us for future growth.

 

·                          Leasing storage capacity and transportation services from third parties to enhance operational flexibility. In order to supplement our owned storage capacity, increase our operating flexibility, enhance the services that we are capable of offering to our customers and optimize the commercial performance of our assets, we periodically lease storage and/or transportation capacity from third parties.

 

Our Financial Strategy

 

An important factor to successful growth of our business is our ability to maintain a competitive cost of capital and sufficient access to the capital markets. Our ability to do so will be significantly influenced by the extent to which we are able to sustain and grow our distributions to unitholders, maintain a solid credit profile and ultimately achieve and maintain an investment-grade credit rating.

 

Targeted Credit Profile. We have targeted a general credit profile that has the following attributes:

 

·                          a long-term debt-to-total capitalization ratio of 40% or less;

 

·                          an average long-term debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA multiple (depending on general market conditions) of approximately 3.5x to 4.5x (Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity compensation plan expense, gains and losses from derivative activities and selected items that are generally unusual or non-recurring); and

 

·                          an average Adjusted EBITDA-to-interest coverage multiple of approximately 3.3x or better.

 

In order for us to maintain our targeted credit profile, we generally intend to fund approximately 60% of the capital required for future expansion projects (beyond the projects currently under development), as well as future acquisitions, through a combination of equity capital and cash flow in excess of distributions. From time to time, we may be outside the parameters of our targeted credit profile due to challenging market conditions, timing issues related to the initial funding of certain capital expenditures or acquisitions with debt or delays in realizing increases in Adjusted EBITDA, synergies or other benefits from expansion and/or acquisition projects.

 

When considered together with what we believe to be the relatively low-risk profile of our business, we believe this credit profile is generally consistent with an investment grade credit rating. In combination with our intent to maintain a high percentage of

 

6



Table of Contents

 

storage capacity under multi-year contracts, we believe this credit profile should provide flexibility during periods where storage markets become oversupplied and thus improve our ability to take advantage of attractive acquisition opportunities.

 

Credit Rating. We have not applied for a credit rating from any credit rating agency, nor to our knowledge has any such credit rating been assigned. Additionally, we do not currently intend to apply for a credit rating until such time as we expect to access the public debt capital markets. If and when we seek a credit rating, our credit rating may be positively or negatively impacted by the leverage and credit rating of PAA. In addition, while we believe our targeted credit profile is consistent with an investment grade rating, we can provide no assurance in this regard. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — The credit and risk profile of our general partner and its owner, PAA, could adversely affect our credit and risk profile, which could increase our borrowing costs or hinder our ability to raise capital.”

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following competitive strengths will position us to successfully execute our principal business strategy:

 

·                          Our natural gas storage assets are strategically located and operationally flexible. Our Pine Prairie, Southern Pines and Bluewater storage facilities are strategically positioned relative to several major market hubs and have extensive pipeline header systems that are interconnected directly or indirectly with multiple large-diameter interstate and intrastate pipelines. These facilities enable us to serve a variety of major producing regions and LNG importers/exporters, as well as the primary consumer and industrial markets in the Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and Southeast. In the aggregate, our three facilities have peak injection and withdrawal capacity of 4.1 Bcf per day and 6.4 Bcf per day, respectively.

 

·                          Our business generates relatively stable and predictable cash flow. Given the high percentage of our cash flow that is derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers, our baseline cash flow profile is relatively stable and predictable, which we believe significantly mitigates the risk to us of negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing supply and demand conditions and other market factors. In addition, we do not take title to the natural gas that we store for our customers and, accordingly, are not exposed to commodity price fluctuations on the gas that is stored in our facilities by our customers.

 

·                          Our dedicated commercial marketing group enhances our margins. Our dedicated commercial marketing group has the capability to capture short-term opportunities by utilizing a portion of our storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related commercial marketing activities. Through this group, we have a consistent presence in our markets that enhances our ability to properly price our long and short term storage offerings while positioning us to capitalize on volatility and inefficiency in natural gas markets. We conduct activities in our commercial marketing group within pre-defined risk parameters, and our general policy is (i) to purchase natural gas only in situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our business and to structure our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not have a material adverse impact on our cash flows and (iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on outright commodity price changes.

 

·                          Our Gulf Coast storage facilities’ existing caverns have the ability to be expanded at competitive costs and with a relatively high degree of schedule certainty. Subject to market demand, project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity and available financing, we have the operational capacity to expand the existing caverns at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities (“Gulf Coast Facilities”) beyond their current size through incremental leaching activities. In addition, because the existing infrastructure at both of these facilities has been specifically designed to facilitate future expansion of our existing caverns, we believe our incremental capital costs per Bcf of such expansion capacity is competitive and that we can generate attractive returns on such capital even if the current challenging market environment continues for the next several years.

 

·                          We have the evaluation, integration and engineering skill sets in-house that are necessary to successfully pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities. We possess the in-house capabilities and expertise necessary to develop, construct, own, acquire and operate both depleted reservoir and salt-cavern storage capacity. We and our predecessor have been involved in substantially all aspects of the natural gas storage business since 2005 and our operational and management teams have extensive energy industry and acquisition experience.

 

·                          We have the financial flexibility to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities. We believe our borrowing capacity and our ability to access private and public debt and equity capital should provide us with the financial flexibility necessary to execute our growth and expansion strategy. Additionally, PAA may elect, but is not obligated, to provide us with financial support in connection with acquisitions or expansion capital projects in certain circumstances.

 

·                          Our general partner has an experienced management team with extensive knowledge of natural gas storage operations and markets and whose interests are aligned with those of our unitholders. Our general partner has an executive management team that has extensive experience managing, operating, building, acquiring and integrating energy assets,

 

7



Table of Contents

 

including natural gas storage assets and other midstream energy assets. Through their indirect and direct interests in us, our general partner and PAA, our general partner’s executive and senior management team has a significant, vested interest in our continued success.

 

We believe these competitive strengths will aid our efforts to expand our presence in the natural gas storage sector.

 

Our Relationship with PAA

 

We believe one of our strengths is our relationship with PAA, which is one of the largest publicly-traded master limited partnerships as measured by its equity market capitalization of approximately $15.2 billion as of December 31, 2012. Plains All American’s common units trade on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the ticker symbol “PAA.” In addition to its participation in the natural gas storage business through our partnership, PAA is engaged in the transportation, storage, terminalling and marketing of crude oil and refined products, as well as the processing, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing of natural gas liquids and liquefied petroleum gas and other natural gas-related petroleum products. PAA’s assets include approximately 18,800 miles of pipelines, approximately 120 million barrels of storage capacity, and a significant fleet of trucks, trailers, tugs, barges and railcars. Through its transportation, storage and commercial activities, PAA physically handles in excess of 3.5 million barrels per day of petroleum products.

 

PAA and its predecessors have been active participants in the hydrocarbon storage industry since the early 1990s. PAA has a long history of successfully expanding its energy infrastructure businesses through a combination of organic growth projects and complementary acquisitions. Since its initial public offering in 1998, PAA has grown its asset base from approximately $600 million to over $19 billion and increased the annualized distribution (as adjusted for PAA’s two-for-one split of common units effective October 1, 2012) on its limited partner units by 150%, from $0.90 per unit as of PAA’s initial public offering to $2.25 per unit for the distribution paid in February 2013.

 

Our partnership owns all of the natural gas storage business and assets formerly owned by PAA through a joint venture with Vulcan Energy and PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our partnership as the primary vehicle through which it will participate in the natural gas storage business. As the ultimate owner of our 2% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and an approximate 62% limited partner interest in us (including common units, Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated units), PAA has a significant economic stake in us and is motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our growth plan and strategy.

 

We have also entered into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which PAA’s general partner has agreed to provide us with certain general and administrative services and employees, and we have agreed to reimburse PAA’s general partner for the costs of such services.

 

We believe PAA’s significant presence in the energy sector, its successful track record of growth and its significant investment in and sponsorship and support of us, enhances our ability to grow our business.

 

Natural Gas Market Overview

 

North American natural gas storage facilities provide a staging and warehousing function for seasonal swings in demand relative to supply, as well as an essential reliability cushion against disruptions in natural gas supply, demand and transportation by allowing natural gas to be injected into, withdrawn from or warehoused in such storage facilities as dictated by market conditions. The long term demand for storage services in the United States is driven primarily by the long-term demand for natural gas and the overall lack of balance between the supply of and demand for natural gas on a seasonal, monthly, daily or hourly basis. In general and on a long term basis, to the extent the overall demand for natural gas increases and such growth includes higher demand from seasonal or weather-sensitive end-users (such as gas-fired power generators and residential and commercial consumers), demand for natural gas storage services should also grow. In addition, any factors that contribute to more frequent and severe imbalances between the supply of and demand for natural gas, should increase the need for and the value of storage services. On a short term basis, storage demand and values are also significantly influenced by operational imbalances, near term seasonal spreads, shorter term spreads and basis differentials.

 

Natural Gas Demand. During the period from 2002 through 2012 domestic natural gas consumption has grown, albeit unevenly, driven primarily by growth in the seasonal and weather-sensitive electric power generation sector, partially offset by declines in the residential and industrial sectors. The chart below, based on U.S. Energy Information Administration (“EIA”) data and forecasts, shows the overall growth in consumption (and the disposition of such growth) for the ten year period ended October 2012. The chart also includes EIA forecasted data for November and December 2012.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

 

Natural Gas Supply. For a number of years during the last decade, domestic natural gas production was relatively flat and failed to keep pace with domestic consumption. Over the past several years, however, domestic natural gas production has been growing rapidly. This trend reversal is primarily due to increases in production from developing shale resource plays. According to EIA data, domestic production of natural gas increased by 15% during the three year period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 20121. EIA forecasts also predict that shale gas production will increase from 7.85 trillion cubic feet (“Tcf”) in 2011 to 16.70 Tcf in 2040, an approximate increase of 113%. By comparison, EIA is also projecting shale gas production as a percentage of total U.S. natural gas production, will increase from 34% in 2011 to 50% by 2040.

 

Market Balance and Volatility. The seasonality of natural gas demand has remained strong during the last decade, with consumption during the peak winter months averaging approximately 40% more than consumption during the summer months, per EIA data. For the lower 48 states, from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, U.S. consumption reached peak use of more than 106 Bcf on February 12, while the lowest daily consumption during this same period was approximately 54 Bcf on October 14, per EIA and other published daily data sources. On the other hand, daily U.S. production in the lower 48 during this same twelve month period ranged from approximately 65 Bcf to 72 Bcf. Natural gas storage (and to a lesser extent imported natural gas from Canada) served as the “shock absorber” that balanced the market, serving as a source of supply to meet the consumption demands in excess of daily production capacity and a warehouse for gas production in excess of daily demand during low demand periods. This seasonal consumption pattern is a major driver of demand for gas storage and the price difference, or “spread,” between the summer and winter season provides a proxy for the fundamental value of storage.

 

During most of the past decade, this strong seasonal trend has produced seasonal spreads that have generally moved within a range of approximately $0.19-$4.74 per MMBtu, with the high end of that range occurring during the 2006-2007 timeframe. However, in 2012 the seasonal spreads (Oct-Jan) for 2013-2014 and 2014-2015, which influence the rates at which we will be able to contract firm storage capacity in future years, have ranged from $0.35 to $0.48. In addition, lower short term spreads and basis differentials have reduced overall market opportunities, which negatively impacts storage demand and value. While there are a variety of factors that have contributed to these softer market conditions, we believe the key drivers are (i) increased natural gas supplies due to production from shale resources, (ii) net increases in storage capacity, and (iii) lower basis differentials due to expansion and improved connectivity of natural gas transportation infrastructure in the U.S. over the last five years.

 

Supply of Storage Capacity. An important factor in determining the value of storage is whether there is a surplus or shortfall of storage capacity relative to the overall demand for storage services in a given market area. In general, on a relative basis, storage values will be lower in markets that are oversupplied with storage than in markets where storage capacity is in short supply. The extent to which markets are oversupplied or undersupplied will fluctuate based on capacity additions and in response to significant variations in natural gas supply and demand.

 

According to EIA data and as indicated in the chart below, peak storage utilization as a percentage of peak storage capacity has ranged from 96% in 2006 to 99% in 2009 and decreased to 93% in 2012, in part due to a 2.3% increase in peak capacity relative to 2010 levels. Storage inventories, as reported by the EIA, reached a record peak level of 3.929 Tcf in November of 2012.

 


(1)                                     Reported production per EIA was used through October 2012. For November and December 2012 reported production volume from November and December 2011 were used as proxies, respectively, for the final two months of 2012.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Non Coincident Peak
Capacity (Tcf)

 

Max Inventory in
Storage (Tcf)

 

Peak Utilization

 

2006

 

3.609

 

3.461

 

96

%

2007

 

3.703

 

3.545

 

96

%

2008

 

3.789

 

3.488

 

92

%

2009

 

3.889

 

3.837

 

99

%

2010

 

4.049

 

3.840

 

95

%

2011

 

4.103

 

3.852

 

94

%

2012

 

4.239

 

3.929

 

93

%

 

While it is difficult to predict when, and how much, new capacity will be added to the market in the next few years, we believe that certain of the supply and demand factors contributing to the current softness in the storage market are cyclical and self correcting over time, and that the long term outlook for storage utilization and demand is positive.

 

Our Assets

 

As of December 31, 2012 we owned a 100% interest in three natural gas storage facilities. Our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities are recently constructed, high-deliverability salt cavern natural gas storage complexes located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana and Greene County, Mississippi, respectively. Given the relative proximity of these two facilities to each other and the extent of direct and indirect connecting pipelines, we use a combination of interruptible storage services and third party transportation services to coordinate movements between and optimize the performance of these two Gulf Coast facilities. Our third facility is our Bluewater facility; a depleted reservoir natural gas storage complex located approximately 50 miles from Detroit in St. Clair County, Michigan. The following table contains certain information regarding our salt-cavern and depleted reservoir storage facilities as of December 31, 2012 (working gas capacity figures in the table below are based on assumed base gas levels, which may vary by facility based on commercial activities and other factors):

 

Facility Type (Names)

 

Working Gas Capacity
(Bcf)

 

Peak Injection Rate
(Bcf/d)

 

Peak Withdrawal Rate
(Bcf/d)

 

Compression
(Horsepower)

 

Salt Caverns (Pine Prairie and Southern Pines)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Existing

 

67

 

3.6

 

5.6

 

119,000

 

Total Permitted

 

120

 

3.6

 

5.6

 

146,500

 

Depleted Reservoirs (Bluewater)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Existing

 

26

 

0.5

 

0.8

 

13,350

 

Total Permitted

 

29

 

0.5

 

0.8

 

13,350

 

All Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Existing

 

93

 

4.1

 

6.4

 

132,350

 

Total Permitted

 

149

 

4.1

 

6.4

 

159,850

 

 

 

Salt Cavern Storage Facilities. We own two FERC regulated, high deliverability salt cavern natural gas storage facilities located on the Gulf Coast. Our Pine Prairie facility is located in Evangeline, Rapides and Acadian Parishes, Louisiana and is permitted for up to 80 Bcf of working gas capacity, which includes 32 Bcf of incremental capacity that was approved by the FERC subject to the requirement that Pine Prairie conduct an open season in accordance with applicable FERC policy. Our Southern Pines facility is located in Greene County Mississippi and is permitted for up to 40 Bcf of working gas capacity. During 2012, we placed into commercial service an aggregate of approximately 17 Bcf of working gas capacity at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities, including expansions of existing caverns and the addition of a new cavern at both Pine Prairie and Southern Pines. These two facilities had an aggregate working gas capacity as of December 31, 2012 of approximately 67 Bcf. During 2013, our expansion plans include the creation of approximately 6.5 Bcf of working gas capacity from incremental leaching activities, which capacity will be placed into service during 2013 and 2014.

 

Both of these facilities are strategically-located and have a diverse group of customers that includes, in addition to PAA, utilities, pipelines, producers, power generators, marketers and LNG exporters, whose storage needs include both traditional seasonal storage services and short-term storage services. Pine Prairie is strategically positioned relative to several major market hubs, including the Henry Hub (the delivery point for New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) natural gas futures contracts and located approximately 50 miles southeast of Pine Prairie), the Carthage Hub (located in East Texas), and the Perryville Hub (located in North Louisiana), and to existing and proposed LNG import and export facilities.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Pine Prairie’s pipeline header system, which includes an aggregate of approximately 80 miles of 24-inch diameter pipe located within a 20-mile radius of Pine Prairie, is directly connected to eight large-diameter interstate pipelines through nine interconnects that service both conventional and unconventional natural gas production in Texas and Louisiana, including production from existing and emerging shale plays, as well as Gulf of Mexico production. These interconnects also provide direct or indirect access to each of the market hubs described above and to consumer and industrial markets in the Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and Southeast regions of the United States. Pine Prairie’s peak daily injection and withdrawal rates are 2.4 Bcf and 3.2 Bcf, respectively, and Pine Prairie has a total of 71,000 horsepower of compression capacity currently in service with another 27,500 horsepower of permitted capacity.

 

Southern Pines’ pipeline header system, which includes an aggregate of 60 miles of 24-inch diameter pipe, is connected to 4 major natural gas pipelines servicing the Gulf Coast, Northeast, Mid-Atlantic and Southeastern U.S. markets. Southern Pines’ peak daily injection and withdrawal rates are 1.2 Bcf and 2.4 Bcf, respectively, and Southern Pines has a total of 48,000 horsepower of compression capacity currently in service.

 

Bluewater. Bluewater is located in the State of Michigan and primarily services seasonal storage needs throughout the Midwestern and Northeastern portions of the U.S. and the Southeastern portion of Canada. Accordingly, Bluewater’s customers consist primarily of pipelines, utilities and marketers seeking seasonal storage services. Bluewater’s 30-mile, 20-inch diameter pipeline header system is supported by 13,350 horsepower of compression and connects with three interstate and three natural gas utility pipelines that provide access to the major market hubs of Chicago, Illinois and Dawn, Ontario, which supply natural gas to eastern Ontario and the northeastern United States. These interconnects also provide access to natural gas utilities that serve local markets in Michigan and Ontario. Bluewater’s peak daily injection and withdrawal rates are 0.5 Bcf and 0.8 Bcf, respectively.

 

As indicated in the table above, Bluewater has total working gas storage capacity of approximately 26 Bcf in two depleted reservoirs and is permitted for an additional 3 Bcf of working gas storage capacity. We expect to increase Bluewater’s working gas capacity by approximately 1 Bcf ratably over a 7 to 8-year period in connection with an ongoing liquids removal project. Bluewater also leases third-party storage capacity and pipeline transportation capacity from time to time to increase its operational flexibility and enhance its service offerings. In addition, on December 14, 2012, the FERC granted Bluewater authorization to place in service the St. Clair River Crossing Replacement facilities located in St. Clair County, Michigan.  Facilities included the construction of a 20-inch pipeline with a permitted capacity for up to 300 million cubic feet (“MMcf”) per day that connects Bluewater to a Canadian pipeline owned by an affiliate of Spectra Energy. The new facilities replaced a 12-inch pipeline that was permitted for up to 250 MMcf per day and leased from Nova Chemical through January 2013.

 

Our Operations

 

We provide natural gas storage services to a broad mix of customers that includes, in addition to PAA, local gas distribution companies, or LDCs, electric utilities, pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators, marketers, producers, LNG exporters and affiliates of such entities. Our storage rates are regulated under FERC rate-making policies which currently permit our facilities to charge market-based rates for our services.

 

We generate revenue primarily from the provision of fee-based gas storage services to our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our total net revenues (total revenues less storage-related costs and the cost of natural gas sold) were derived approximately 90% from fee-based storage activities (which includes system access fees collected at our Pine Prairie facility), approximately 8% from the activities of our dedicated marketing group and approximately 2% from other activities, which includes the sale of liquid hydrocarbons incidentally produced in connection with the operation of our depleted reservoir storage facilities at Bluewater and other fuel and derivative related net gains and losses. We categorize the majority of the revenue we generate as being derived from “Firm Storage Services” or “Hub Services and Merchant Storage Activities.” We also generate a portion of our net revenues from other sources as described below in “Other Activities.”

 

Firm Storage Services. The majority of our net revenue from firm storage services is derived from contracts with initial terms that generally range from one year to 10 years in length and pursuant to which customers receive the assured or “firm” right to store gas in our facilities. Under our firm storage contracts, our customers are obligated to pay us fixed monthly capacity reservation fees, which are owed to us regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized. Effective as of April 1, 2013, the weighted average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of firm storage contracts will be approximately 2.8 years. Firm storage services revenue also includes, when applicable, cycling fees based on the volume of natural gas nominated for injection and/or withdrawal, as well as a small portion of natural gas nominated for injection that we retain as compensation for our fuel use. Storage related costs consist of fees incurred to lease third-party storage and pipeline capacity and certain other costs we may incur. Additionally, we incur fuel expense at our facilities as we manage injection and deliverability capacity. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net revenue from firm storage services (firm storage services revenues net of applicable storage-related costs including, fuel expense) comprised approximately 87% of our total net revenues.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Hub Services and Merchant Storage Activities. We also generate net revenue from the provision of hub services at our facilities and through the merchant storage activities of our commercial marketing group, which captures short term market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our storage capacity and engaging in related commercial marketing activities.

 

Our capacity to provide hub services is primarily dependent on our outstanding obligations to customers under firm storage services contracts. As a result, increases in our firm storage services obligations may limit our ability to provide hub services and vice versa. Hub services include (i) “interruptible” storage services pursuant to which customers receive only limited assurances regarding the availability of capacity in our storage facilities and pay fees based on their actual utilization of our assets, (ii) “park and loan” services and (iii) “wheeling and balancing” services pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to move a volume of gas through our facilities from one interconnection point to another and true up their deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of gas from, our facilities. A portion of our revenues related to these activities may include fuel collections.

 

Our merchant storage activities generate revenue through the hedged purchase and sale of natural gas net of any storage-related costs incurred. We utilize physical storage at our facilities and derivatives to hedge expected margin from these activities. Through these transactions, we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand and sales or future delivery obligations on the other hand. Our general policy is (i) to purchase natural gas only in situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our operations and commercial management activities and to structure our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not have a material adverse impact on our cash flow and (iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on outright commodity price changes.

 

In connection with our hub services and merchant storage activities, we incur certain storage-related costs. These costs consist of fees incurred to lease third-party pipeline capacity and storage and transaction costs associated with managing injection and deliverability capacity at our facilities. Costs associated with our leased pipeline capacity are subject to variation as the terms of these agreements typically contain certain fees which fluctuate based on actual volumes shipped in addition to monthly reservation fees. Also included in our storage-related costs is fuel expense we incur as part of our short term activities.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net revenue from hub services and merchant storage (hub services and natural gas sales revenues net of applicable storage-related costs, including fuel expense, and the cost of natural gas sold) comprised approximately 11% of our total net revenues.

 

Other Activities. We also generate revenue through certain fixed access fees collected at Pine Prairie and through the sale of crude oil and natural gas liquids produced in conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility, net of royalties and taxes. Additionally, we periodically sell any fuel-in-kind volumes in excess of actual volumes needed as fuel to operate facilities and reflect any gain or loss on such sales as a part of other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net revenue from such other activities comprised approximately 3% of our total net revenues.

 

Overall, we believe that the high percentage of our baseline cash flow derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers stabilizes our cash flow profile and substantially mitigates the risk to us of significant negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing supply and demand conditions and other market factors.

 

Customers

 

As of December 31, 2012, Southern Pines had 13 customers with firm storage contracts and 34 customers with hub services contracts, Pine Prairie had 21 customers with firm storage contracts and 80 customers with hub services contracts and Bluewater had 12 customers with firm storage contracts and 55 customers with hub services contracts. Approximately 34% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were generated from physical sales of natural gas executed through Natural Gas Exchange Inc., a commodity exchange. No other customer accounted for greater than 10% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

In March 2013, PNG Marketing will begin managing storage capacity at our Pine Prairie facility on behalf of a subsidiary of PAA. See further discussion in Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Contracts

 

See “— Our Operations.”

 

Competition

 

The principal elements of competition among storage facilities are rates, terms of service, types of service, supply and market access, and flexibility and reliability of service. An increase in competition in our markets could arise from new ventures or expanded operations from existing competitors.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Pine Prairie and Southern Pines compete with several regional high-deliverability storage facilities along the Gulf Coast as well as the storage services offered by interstate and intrastate pipelines that serve the same markets as Pine Prairie and Southern Pines, while Bluewater competes with several Midwest utility and pipeline storage providers.

 

Natural Gas Regulation

 

PNG is subject to extensive laws and regulations. We are subject to regulatory oversight by numerous federal, state, and local regulatory agencies, many of which are authorized by statute to issue, and have issued, rules and regulations binding on the natural gas storage and pipeline industry, related businesses and market participants. The failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in substantial penalties and fines. The regulatory burden increases our cost of doing business and, consequently, affects our profitability. Our historical and projected operating costs reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations, and we do not anticipate material expenditures in excess of these amounts in the absence of future acquisitions or changes in regulation, or discovery of existing but unknown compliance issues. We do not believe that we are affected by applicable laws and regulations in a significantly different manner than are our competitors.

 

The following is a summary of the kinds of regulation that may impact our operations. However, our unitholders should not rely on such discussion as an exhaustive review of all regulatory considerations affecting our operations.

 

Our facilities provide natural gas storage services in interstate commerce and are subject to comprehensive regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (“NGA”). Pursuant to the NGA and FERC regulations, storage providers are prohibited from making or granting any undue preference or advantage to any person or subjecting any person to any undue prejudice or disadvantage or from maintaining any unreasonable difference in rates, charges, service, facilities, or in any other respect. The terms and conditions for services provided by our facilities are set forth in FERC approved tariffs. We have been granted market-based rate authorization for the services that our facilities provide. Market-based rate authority allows us to negotiate rates with individual customers based on market demand.

 

The FERC also has authority over the siting, construction, and operation of U.S. pipeline transportation and storage facilities and related facilities used in the transportation, storage and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce, including the extension, enlargement or abandonment of such facilities. The FERC’s authority extends to maintenance of accounts and records, terms and conditions of service, acquisition and disposition of facilities, initiation and discontinuation of services, imposition of creditworthiness and credit support requirements applicable to customers and relationships among pipelines and storage companies and certain affiliates. Our natural gas storage entities are required by the FERC to post certain information daily regarding customer activity, capacity and volumes on their respective websites. Additionally, the FERC has jurisdiction to impose rules and regulations applicable to all natural gas market participants including PNG Marketing and PAA Natural Gas Canada, to ensure market transparency. FERC regulations require that buyers and sellers of more than a de minimis volume of natural gas report annual numbers and volumes of relevant transactions to the FERC. Our facilities and marketing entities are subject to these annual reporting requirements.

 

Under the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (“EPAct 2005”) and related regulations, it is unlawful in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas or transportation services subject to FERC jurisdiction to use or employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; to make any untrue statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or to engage in any act or practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. EPAct 2005 gives the FERC civil penalty authority to impose penalties for certain violations of up to $1,000,000 per day for each violation. FERC also has the authority to order disgorgement of profits from transactions deemed to violate the NGA and the EPAct 2005.

 

Bluewater provides storage service by means of receipts or deliveries of natural gas at the international border with Canada or within the Province of Ontario. The importation and exportation of natural gas from and to the United States and Canada is subject to regulation by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Department of Energy and the National Energy Board of Canada. Bluewater, PNG Marketing and PAA Natural Gas Canada have regulatory authorization to import and export natural gas from and to the United States and Canada.

 

The natural gas industry historically has been heavily regulated. New rules, orders, regulations or laws may be passed or implemented that impose additional costs, burdens or restrictions on us. We cannot give any assurance regarding the likelihood of such future rules, orders, regulations or laws or the effect they could have on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

 

Environmental Matters

 

General. Our natural gas storage operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing environmental protection, including air emissions, water quality, wastewater discharges, and solid waste management. Such laws and regulations generally require us to obtain and comply with a wide variety of environmental registrations, licenses, permits, and other approvals. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations that are applicable to our operations, including the

 

13



Table of Contents

 

acquisition of permits to conduct certain activities, increases in operating expenses or curtailment of certain operations to limit or prevent the release of materials from our facilities, the incurrence of capital expenditures associated with the installation of pollution control equipment, and the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil, and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations.

 

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations and that such laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, or results of operations. Nevertheless, the trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. As a result, there can be no assurance of the amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental compliance or remediation, and actual future expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently anticipate. The following is a discussion of some of the environmental laws and regulations that are applicable to our natural gas storage operations.

 

Waste Management. Our operations generate hazardous and non-hazardous solid wastes that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws and regulations, which impose detailed requirements for the handling, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous solid wastes. For instance, RCRA imposes stringent limitations on the treatment, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Generators of hazardous wastes must also comply with certain standards for the accumulation and storage of hazardous wastes and meet recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to hazardous waste storage and disposal activities.

 

Site Remediation. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA,” also known as “Superfund”) and comparable state laws and regulations impose liability (without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct) on certain classes of persons responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. Such classes of persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, hazardous substances found at offsite locations such as landfills. CERCLA also authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and, in some instances, third parties, to respond to threats to public health or the environment and seek recovery of response costs from responsible persons. Although natural gas is not classified as a hazardous substance under CERCLA, we may nonetheless handle hazardous substances within the meaning of CERCLA or similar state statutes in the course of our ordinary operations; as a result, we may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites where such hazardous substances have been released into the environment, natural resource damages, and the cost of certain health studies. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment.

 

Air Emissions. Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act (“CAA”) and comparable state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations regulate the emission of air pollutants from various industrial sources, including our compressor stations, and also impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. Such laws and regulations may require us to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to result in significant air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with air permits containing various emissions and operational limitations, and/or utilize specific emission control technologies to limit our emissions. To comply with, maintain, or obtain our air emissions operating permits, we may be required to incur certain capital expenditures in the future for the purchase and installation of air pollution control equipment. For example, we may be required to supplement or modify our air emission control equipment and strategies due to changes in state implementation plans for controlling air emissions or more stringent regulation of hazardous air pollutants.

 

Noise Emissions. We are subject to a number of federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances and standards that govern noise emissions from our facilities. The U.S. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (“OSHA”) has established maximum noise levels for occupational exposure and the Partnership undertakes various noise protection efforts, including administrative and engineering controls, in order to achieve these standards and protect our employees. We have also implemented a hearing conservation program for our employees who may be exposed to noise in the workplace and provides personal protective equipment as necessary.

 

We must also comply with federal guidelines and state and local regulations regarding sound that is transmitted from our facilities and our construction projects to the surrounding community. At the federal level, the EPA has identified a maximum sound level that will not adversely affect public health and welfare. Although allowed noise emission levels are typically established on a project by project basis and depend to a certain extent on pre-existing ambient noise levels for a given project, the FERC has adopted the EPA’s maximum sound level as a general goal for new gas compressor stations, pipeline construction and other operations regulated by the FERC. In addition, sound generated from construction and operation of our facilities and pipelines is also regulated in some jurisdictions at the county and municipal level, and depending on the circumstances, such local requirements may be more or less stringent than applicable federal rules.

 

Water Discharges. The Clean Water Act (“CWA”) and analogous state laws regulate the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The CWA prohibits the discharge of pollutants into regulated

 

14



Table of Contents

 

waters, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or analogous state agency. The CWA also regulates the discharge of storm water runoff from certain industrial facilities. Accordingly, some states require industrial facilities to obtain and maintain storm water discharge permits, which require monitoring and sampling of storm water runoff from such facilities.

 

Safe Drinking Water Act. As part of our operations, we employ underground injection wells to inject natural gas into our underground storage facilities. Such operations are subject to the Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”) and analogous state laws, which regulate drinking water quality in the United States, including above ground and underground sources designated for actual or potential drinking water use. In particular, to protect underground sources of drinking water, the Underground Injection Control Program (“UIC Program”) of the SDWA regulates the construction, operation, maintenance, monitoring, testing, and closure of underground injection wells. The UIC Program also requires that all underground injection wells be authorized, either under the general rules of the UIC Program or through specific permits. In most jurisdictions, states have primary enforcement authority over the implementation of the UIC Program, including the issuance of permits.

 

Climate Change. In December 2009, the EPA determined that emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”), including carbon dioxide and methane, present a danger to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. Based on these findings, in 2010 the EPA adopted two sets of regulations that restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the CAA, including one that requires a reduction in emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and another that requires construction and operating permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources, including, among others, onshore and offshore oil and natural gas production facilities. The EPA is in the process of identifying what constitutes “best available control technology” for various sources of GHG emissions, but it appears likely that the agency will seek to impose efficient combustion requirements on sources that burn large volumes of fossil fuels rather than post-combustion GHG capture requirements.  We could become subject to GHG emissions permitting and best available control technology requirements if we seek to construct any new or substantially modified facilities that would become major sources of GHG emissions in the future.

 

Also, Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, and almost one-half of the states already have taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs, primarily through GHG “cap-and-trade” programs.  Several states in New England have adopted a GHG cap-and-trade program that is currently applicable only to electric power plants, and California has adopted a broad GHG cap-and-trade program that requires the purchase and surrender of GHG emission credits beginning in 2013.  The adoption of any legislation or regulation that requires reporting of GHGs or otherwise restricts emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could require us to incur significant added costs to reduce emissions of GHGs or could adversely affect demand for natural gas. Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events; if such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our operations.

 

Pipeline Safety

 

As part of our natural gas storage operations, we own and operate pipeline header systems connecting our natural gas storage facilities to various interstate pipelines. As a result, our pipeline operations are subject to regulation by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”) pursuant to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (“NGPSA”). The NGPSA regulates safety requirements in the design, installation, testing, construction, operation and maintenance of gas pipeline facilities. The NGPSA has since been amended by the Pipeline Safety Act of 1992, the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement, and Safety Act of 2006, and, most recently, the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty and Job Creation Act of 2011. These amendments, along with implementing regulations more recently adopted by PHMSA, have imposed additional safety requirements on pipeline operators such as the development of a written qualification program for individuals performing covered tasks on pipeline facilities and the implementation of pipeline integrity management programs. These integrity management plans require more frequent inspections and other preventative measures to ensure pipeline safety in “high consequence areas,” such as high population areas, areas unusually sensitive to environmental damage, and commercially navigable waterways. Accordingly, we will continue to focus on pipeline integrity management for any of the pipelines we currently own or acquire in the future, and significant additional expenses could be incurred if new or more stringent pipeline safety requirements are implemented. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with all existing federal, state, and local pipeline safety laws and regulations and that such laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, or results of operations.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

On December 13, 2011, the United States Congress passed the “Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011” (the “Act”). The President signed the Act into law on January 3, 2012. Under the Act, maximum civil penalties for certain violations have been increased from $100,000 to $200,000 per violation per day, and from a total cap of $1 million to $2 million. In addition, the Act reauthorizes the federal pipeline safety programs of PHMSA through September 30, 2015, and directs the Secretary of Transportation to undertake a number of reviews, studies and reports, some of which may result in additional natural gas and hazardous liquids pipeline safety rulemaking.

 

A number of the provisions of the Act have the potential to cause owners and operators of pipeline facilities to incur significant capital expenditures and/or operating costs. Any additional requirements resulting from these directives are not expected to impact us differently than our competitors. We will work closely with our industry associations to participate with and monitor DOT-PHMSA’s efforts.

 

In December 2009, PHMSA finalized a new rule dictating the shape and content of new control room management programs for hazardous liquid, gas transmission and distribution pipelines. The rule addresses human factors, including fatigue and other aspects of control room management for pipelines where controllers use supervisory control and data acquisition systems. The new rule became effective on February 1, 2010 and requires that control room management plans be written by August 1, 2011, which was completed on time by the Partnership. Implementation of certain aspects such as fatigue training for Controllers and Supervisors, Change Management, Operating Experience and establishing Shift Change procedures was required and completed by October 1, 2011. Implementation of the remaining aspects of the rule was completed prior to the August 1, 2012 deadline.

 

If approved by PHMSA, states may assume responsibility for enforcing federal interstate pipeline regulations as agents for PHMSA and conduct inspections of intrastate pipelines. In practice, states vary in their authority and capacity to address pipeline safety. We do not anticipate any significant issues in complying with applicable state laws and regulations.

 

The DOT has issued guidelines with respect to securing regulated facilities against terrorist attack. We have instituted security measures and procedures in accordance with such guidelines to enhance the protection of certain of our facilities. We cannot provide any assurance that these security measures would fully protect our facilities from an attack.

 

Occupational Safety and Health

 

Our operations are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal OSHA and comparable state statutes designed to protect the health and safety of workers. The OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that such information be provided to employees, state and local governmental authorities, and the public. Our operations are also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management (“PSM”) regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals. These regulations apply to any process that involves a chemical at or above specified thresholds or any process that involves 10,000 pounds or more of a flammable liquid or gas in one location. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with all existing federal, state, and local occupations health and safety laws and regulations and that such laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, or results of operations.

 

We are subject to the EPA’s Risk Management Plan regulations at certain facilities. These regulations are intended to work with OSHA’s PSM regulations to minimize the offsite consequences of catastrophic releases.  The regulations require us to develop and implement a risk management program that includes a five-year accident history, an offsite consequence analysis process, a prevention program and an emergency response program.  We believe we are operating in substantial compliance with our risk management program.

 

Title to Properties and Rights-of-Way

 

Our real property falls into two categories: (1) parcels that we own in fee and (2) parcels in which our interest derives from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of such land for our operations. Portions of the land on which our facilities are located are owned by us in fee title, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to these lands. The remainder of the land on which our major facilities are located are held by us (or entities in which we own an interest) pursuant to leases between us, as lessee, and the fee owner of the lands, as lessors. We believe that we have satisfactory leasehold estates to such lands. We have no knowledge of any material challenge to the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license held by us or to our title to any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or license, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our material leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses. See “— Our Assets.”

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Insurance

 

We share insurance coverage with PAA and we reimburse PAA’s general partner pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement. To the extent PAA experiences covered losses under the insurance policies, the limit of our coverage for potential losses may be decreased. Our insurance program includes general liability insurance, auto liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance, and property insurance in amounts which management believes are reasonable and appropriate. In addition, the insurance policies are subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not excessive.

 

A natural gas storage facility, associated pipeline header system, and gas handling and compression facilities may experience damage as a result of an accident, natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property, base gas, and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk associated with operating natural gas storage facility, associated pipeline header system, and gas handling and compression facilities, including the potential loss of significant revenues. The overall trend in the insurance industry appears to be a contraction in the breadth and depth of available coverage, while costs, deductibles and retention levels have increased. Absent a material favorable change in the insurance markets, this trend is expected to continue as we continue to grow and expand. As a result, we anticipate that we will elect to self-insure more of our activities or incorporate higher retention in our insurance arrangements.

 

The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured, indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We believe we are adequately insured for public liability and property damage to others with respect to our operations. With respect to all of our coverages, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable.

 

Employees

 

Plains All American GP LLC employs all of our personnel. We are managed and operated by the directors and officers of our general partner. We rely on an omnibus agreement with Plains All American GP LLC to provide us with employees needed to carry out our operations. As of December 31, 2012, 89 full time employees of Plains All American GP LLC devoted substantially all of their time to carrying out our operations.

 

Summary of U.S. Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a brief summary of material tax considerations of owning and disposing of common units, however, the tax consequences of ownership of common units depends in part on the owner’s individual tax circumstances. It is the responsibility of each unitholder, either individually or through a tax advisor, to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent U.S. federal, states and localities, of the unitholder’s investment in us. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all U.S. federal, state, provincial and local tax returns that may be required of the unitholder.

 

Partnership Status; Cash Distributions

 

We are treated for federal income tax purposes as a partnership based upon our meeting the “Qualifying Income Exception” imposed by Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), which we must meet each year. The owners of our common units are considered partners in the Partnership so long as they do not loan their common units to others to cover short sales or otherwise dispose of those units. Accordingly, we are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, and a common unitholder is required to report on the unitholder’s federal income tax return the unitholder’s share of our income, gains, losses and deductions. In general, cash distributions to a common unitholder are taxable only if, and to the extent that, they exceed the tax basis in the common units held.

 

Partnership Allocations

 

In general, our income and loss is allocated to the general partner and the unitholders for each taxable year in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership, as determined annually and prorated on a monthly basis and subsequently apportioned among the general partner and the unitholders of record as of the opening of the first business day of the month to which they relate, even though unitholders may dispose of their units during the month in question. In determining a unitholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, the unitholder is required to take into account the unitholder’s share of income generated by us for each taxable year of the Partnership ending with or within the unitholder’s taxable year, even if cash distributions are not made to the unitholder. As a consequence, a unitholder’s share of our taxable income (and possibly the income tax payable by the unitholder with respect to such income) may exceed the cash actually distributed to the unitholder by us. Any time incentive distributions are made to the general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipient to the extent of those distributions.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Basis of Common Units

 

A unitholder’s initial tax basis for a common unit is generally the amount paid for the common unit and the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities (or liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss). A unitholder’s basis is generally increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and by any increases in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by the unitholder’s share of our losses and distributions (including deemed distributions due to a decrease in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities).

 

Limitations on Deductibility of Partnership Losses

 

The deduction by a unitholder of that unitholder’s allocable share of our losses will be limited to the amount of that unitholder’s tax basis in his or her common units and, in the case of an individual unitholder or a corporate unitholder who is subject to the “at-risk” rules (generally, certain closely-held corporations), to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at-risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than the unitholder’s tax basis. A unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause the unitholder’s at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed such unitholder’s tax basis in his common units. Upon the taxable disposition of a common unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain could no longer be used.

 

In addition to the basis and at-risk limitation described above, in the case of taxpayers subject to the passive loss rules (generally, individuals and certain closely held corporations), any partnership losses generated by us are only available to offset future income generated by us and cannot be used to offset income from other activities, including passive activities or investments. Any losses unused or suspended by virtue of the passive loss rules may be fully deducted if the unitholder disposes of all of the unitholder’s common units in a taxable transaction with an unrelated party.

 

Section 754 Election

 

We have made the election provided for by Section 754 of the Code, which will generally result in a unitholder being allocated income and deductions calculated by reference to the portion of the unitholder’s purchase price attributable to each asset of the Partnership.

 

Disposition of Common Units

 

A unitholder who sells common units will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the adjusted tax basis of those common units. A unitholder may not be able to trace basis to particular common units for this purpose. Thus, distributions of cash from us to a unitholder in excess of the income allocated to the unitholder will, in effect, become taxable income if the unitholder sells the common units at a price greater than the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis even if the price is less than the unitholder’s original cost. Moreover, a portion of the amount realized (whether or not representing gain) will be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, a unitholder may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash the unitholder receives from the sale.

 

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

 

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which a unitholder resides or in which we conduct business or own property. A unitholder may also be required to file state income tax returns and to pay taxes in various states. A unitholder may be subject to interest and penalties for failure to comply with such requirements. In certain states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred (if, for example, we have no income from sources within that state) and also may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be more or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability owed to a particular state, may not relieve the unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return in that state. Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us.

 

Our Canadian operations are conducted in an entity that is treated as a corporation for Canadian tax purposes (flow through for U.S. tax purposes.) Although we are subject to Canadian federal and provincial taxes, the impact to the year ended December 31, 2012 was immaterial.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Ownership of Common Units by Tax-Exempt Organizations and Certain Other Investors

 

An investment in common units by tax-exempt organizations (including IRAs and other retirement plans) and foreign persons raises issues unique to such persons. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization is unrelated business taxable income and, thus, is taxable to such a unitholder. A unitholder who is a nonresident alien, non-U.S. corporation or other non-U.S. person is regarded as being engaged in a trade or business in the United States as a result of ownership of a common unit and, thus, is required to file federal income tax returns and to pay tax on the unitholder’s share of our taxable income. Finally, distributions to foreign unitholders are subject to federal income tax withholding at the highest applicable rate.

 

Available Information

 

We make available, free of charge on our Internet website (http://www.pnglp.com), our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Item 1A.                                  Risk Factors

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We may not have sufficient cash following the establishment of reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to pay the existing distribution of $1.43 per unit or the minimum quarterly distribution of $1.35 per unit to holders of our common units and Series A subordinated units.

 

We may not have sufficient available cash from distributable cash flow each quarter to enable us to pay the existing distribution of $1.43 per unit or the minimum quarterly distribution of $1.35 per unit. The amount of cash we are able to distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

 

·                          the rates we charge for storage services and the amount of natural gas storage services our customers purchase from us;

 

·                          the overall balance between the supply of and demand for natural gas, on a seasonal and long-term basis, which impacts the level of demand for the natural gas storage services we provide and the rates we are able to charge for such services;

 

·                          our ability to realize expected margins from our merchant storage activities due to natural gas price spreads and volatility levels, among other factors;

 

·                          regulatory action affecting the rates we are able to charge for the services we provide, the demand for natural gas, the supply of natural gas, our ability to expand our facilities, how we contract for services, our existing contracts, our operating and capital costs and our operating flexibility;

 

·                          changes in environmental, safety and other laws and regulations;

 

·                          the creditworthiness of our customers;

 

·                          the level of competition from other providers of natural gas storage services;

 

·                          the level of our operating and maintenance and general and administrative costs;

 

·                          the extent to which are facilities are able to operate at levels and in the manner required in order for us to serve our customers and generate the revenues we anticipated being able to generate during a given quarter; and

 

·                          prevailing economic conditions.

 

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

·                          the level of capital expenditures we make;

 

·                          the cost of acquisitions;

 

·                          our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

·                          fluctuations in interest rates;

 

·                          fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

·                          our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

·                          restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a party;

 

·                          fluctuations or changes in tax rates; and

 

·                          the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.

 

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to make cash distributions, See Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Units, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”

 

20



Table of Contents

 

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our common units and Series A subordinated units depends primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability, which may prevent us from making distributions, even during periods in which we record net income.

 

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for financial accounting purposes and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net earnings for financial accounting purposes.

 

We may not be able to maintain or replace expiring storage contracts.

 

Our primary exposure to market risk occurs at the time our existing storage contracts expire and are subject to renegotiation and renewal and as we bring on additional working capacity that is uncontracted. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of firm storage contracts, including binding precedent agreements, is approximately 1.9 years at Pine Prairie, approximately 2.5 years at Bluewater and approximately 5.0 years at Southern Pines. The extension or replacement of existing contracts, and entering into new contracts, could be, and in some cases has already been, adversely impacted by a number of factors beyond our control, including:

 

·                          an extended period of reduced natural gas price volatility;

 

·                          a reduction in the difference between winter and summer prices on the natural gas futures market, sometimes referred to as the seasonal spread, due to real or perceived changes in supply and demand fundamentals;

 

·                          a decrease in demand for natural gas storage in the markets we serve;

 

·                          increased competition for storage in the markets we serve; and

 

·                          higher interest rates, which increase inventory carrying costs for our customers.

 

The failure to extend or replace a significant portion of our existing contracts, the extension or replacement of such contracts at unfavorable or lower rates, or the failure to enter into favorable contracts with respect to incremental working capacity, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions.

 

Increased competition from other companies that provide natural gas storage services or services that can serve as a substitute for storage services could have a negative impact on the demand for our services, which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

We compete primarily with other providers of natural gas storage services that own or operate salt-dome, depleted reservoir and/or converted aquifer gas storage facilities. Such competitors include independent storage developers and operators, local distribution companies, utilities, interstate and intrastate gas transmission companies with storage facilities connected to their pipelines and midstream energy companies. FERC has generally adopted policies that favor the development of new storage projects and there are numerous projects, including expansions of existing facilities and greenfield construction projects, at various stages of development in the markets where we operate. According to FERC data, since 2000, permits have been issued by the FERC for new interstate gas storage facilities or expansions in the Gulf Coast (excluding intrastate facilities and FERC pre-filings for additional storage capacity) representing aggregate additional working gas capacity of approximately 780 Bcf. These projects, if developed and placed into service, may compete with our storage operations. The principal elements of competition among storage facilities are rates, terms of service, types of service, deliverability, supply and market access, flexibility and reliability of service.

 

We also compete with certain pipelines, marketers and LNG facilities that provide services that can serve as a substitute for certain of the storage services we offer. In addition, natural gas as a fuel competes with other forms of energy available to end-users, including electricity, coal and liquid fuels. Increased demand for such forms of energy at the expense of natural gas could lead to a reduction in demand for natural gas storage services.

 

All of these competitive pressures could make it more difficult for us to retain our existing customers and/or attract new customers as we seek to expand our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions. In addition, competition could intensify the negative impact of factors that decrease demand for natural gas storage in our markets, such as adverse economic conditions, weather, higher fuel costs and taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions that directly or indirectly increase the cost or limit the use of natural gas.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

A natural disaster, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other event, including attacks on our electronic and computer systems, could interrupt our operations and/or result in severe personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Some of our operations involve risks of personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could curtail our operations and otherwise materially adversely affect our cash flow. Virtually all of our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, storms, floods and/or earthquakes. The location of our assets and our customers’ assets in the U.S. Gulf Coast region makes them particularly vulnerable to hurricane or tropical storm risk. In addition, since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets may be future targets of terrorist organizations. Terrorists may target our physical facilities and hackers may attack our electronic and computer systems.

 

If one or more of our facilities, including electronic and computer systems, or any facilities or businesses that deliver products, supplies or services to us or that we rely on in order to operate our business, are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe, terrorist attack or event, our operations could be significantly interrupted. These interruptions could involve significant damage to people, property or the environment, and repairs could take from a week or less for a minor incidents to six months or more for major interruptions. Any such event that interrupts the revenues generated by our operations, or which causes us to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce our cash available for paying distributions and, accordingly, adversely affect our financial condition and the market price of our securities.

 

Our natural gas storage operations are subject to regulation by federal, state and local regulatory authorities; regulatory measures adopted by such authorities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions.

 

Our natural gas storage operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations administered by a number of authorities. Because we provide natural gas storage services in interstate commerce, our natural gas storage facilities are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FERC under the NGA.

 

Pursuant to the NGA and FERC regulations, we are prohibited from making or granting any undue preference or advantage to any person or subjecting any person to any undue prejudice or disadvantage or from maintaining any unreasonable difference in rates, charges, service, facilities, or in any other respect. Any successful complaint or protest against us could have an adverse impact on our revenues associated with providing storage services.

 

The terms and conditions for services provided by our facilities are set forth in FERC-approved tariffs. We have been granted market-based rate authorization for the services that our facilities provide. Market-based rate authority allows us to negotiate rates with individual customers based on market demand. A storage provider granted market-based rate authorization is required to notify FERC of significant changes occurring in its market power status. Significant changes include, but are not limited to, the storage provider expanding its storage capacity beyond the amount authorized in applicable certificate orders, the storage provider acquiring transportation facilities or additional storage capacity, an affiliate of the storage provider providing storage or transportation services in the same market area, and the storage provider or an affiliate acquiring an interest in or being acquired by an interstate pipeline.

 

Should we fail to comply with applicable FERC-administered statutes, rules, regulations and orders, we could be subject to substantial penalties and fines. Under the EPAct 2005, FERC has civil penalty authority under the NGA to impose penalties for certain violations of up to $1,000,000 per day for each violation. FERC also has the authority to order disgorgement of profits from transactions deemed to violate the NGA and the EPAct 2005. See Items 1 and 2. “Business and Properties — Regulation.”

 

Finally, new rules, orders, regulations or laws may be passed or implemented that impose additional costs, burdens or restrictions on us. We cannot give any assurance regarding the likelihood of such future rules, orders, regulations or laws or the effect they could have on our business, financial condition, results of operations or ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

 

Our sales of natural gas, and related hedging activities, expose us to potential regulatory risks.

 

The Federal Trade Commission, the FERC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission hold statutory authority to monitor certain segments of the physical and futures energy commodities markets. These agencies have imposed broad regulations prohibiting fraud and manipulation of such markets. With regard to our physical sales of natural gas and any related transportation and/or hedging activities that we undertake, we are required to observe the market-related regulations enforced by these agencies, which hold substantial enforcement authority. Our sales may also be subject to certain reporting and other requirements. Additionally, to the extent that we enter into transportation contracts with natural gas pipelines that are subject to FERC regulation, we are subject to FERC requirements related to use of such capacity. Any failure on our part to comply with the FERC’s regulations and policies, or with an interstate pipeline’s tariff, could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties. Failure to comply with such regulations, as interpreted and enforced, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

The adoption and implementation of new statutory and regulatory requirements for derivative transactions could have an adverse impact on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business and increase the working capital requirements to conduct these activities.

 

The Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in 2010 (the “Dodd Frank Act”) provides for new statutory and regulatory requirements for swaps and other financial derivative transactions, including oil and gas hedging transactions. The Dodd Frank Act requires the CFTC, federal regulators of banks and other financial institutions, or the prudential regulators, and the SEC to promulgate rules implementing the new law.

 

In its rulemaking under the Dodd Frank Act, the CFTC has issued final regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents. However, the position limits rule was vacated by the United States District Court for the District of Colombia in September of 2012 and the CFTC has stated that it will appeal the District Court’s decision. The CFTC also has finalized other regulations, including critical rulemakings on the definition of “swap,” “security-based swap,” “swap dealer” and “major swap participant.”  The CFTC also has issued rules that will require certain derivatives transactions  to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements (or take steps to qualify for an exemption to such requirements).   The CFTC has not yet released final rules on margin or collateral requirements, and it is possible that any new rules will increase the amount of cash or collateral required to support exchange and over-the-counter derivative transactions.  Other regulations also remain to be finalized, and the CFTC recently has delayed the compliance dates for various regulations already finalized.   The Dodd Frank Act also may require the counterparties to our derivative instruments to spin off some of their derivatives activities to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty.  As a result it is not possible at this time to predict with certainty the full effects of the Dodd Frank Act and CFTC rules on us and the timing of such effects.

 

With the exception of our interest rate swaps, all of our derivatives used for hedging purposes are currently executed and cleared over exchanges that already require the posting of margins or letters of credit based on initial and variation margin requirements. Depending on the rules and definitions adopted by the CFTC, we might in the future be required to provide additional cash margin or new cash collateral for our commodities hedging transactions whether cleared over an exchange or over-the- counter. Furthermore, it is possible that letters of credit issued by banks on our behalf will no longer be considered an acceptable form of margin support which would increase overall cash margin requirements.

 

Posting of additional cash margin or collateral could affect our liquidity (defined as unrestricted cash on hand plus available credit under our revolving credit facility) and reduce our ability to use cash for capital expenditures or other partnership purposes. A requirement to post additional cash margin or collateral could therefore reduce our ability to execute hedges necessary to reduce commodity price exposures thus protecting cash flows. We are at risk for reduced liquidity unless and until the CFTC adopts rules and definitions that relieve companies such as ourselves from requirements to post additional cash margins or collateral for our exchange or over-the-counter derivative hedging activities. Even if we ourselves are not required to post additional cash margin or collateral for our derivative contracts, the banks and other derivatives dealers who are our contractual counterparties will be required to comply with other new requirements under the Dodd Frank Act and related rules, and the costs of their compliance will likely be passed on to customers such as ourselves, thus decreasing the benefits to us of hedging transactions and reducing our profitability. In addition, implementation of the Dodd Frank Act and related rules and regulations could reduce the overall liquidity and depth of the markets for financial and other derivatives we utilize in connection with our business, which could expose us to additional risks or limit the opportunities we are able to capture by limiting the extent to which we are able to execute our hedging strategies.

 

A prolonged period of stabilized natural gas prices and/or low levels of volatility could have a negative impact on our business.

 

Historically, natural gas prices have been seasonal and volatile, which has enhanced demand for our storage services. The storage business has benefited from significant price fluctuations resulting from seasonal price sensitivity, which affects demand for our services and the rates we are able to charge for such services. On a system-wide basis, natural gas is typically injected into storage between April and October when natural gas prices are generally lower and withdrawn during the winter months of November through March when natural gas prices are typically higher. However, due to a variety of factors (including relatively flat consumption, increased supplies due to shale production, net increases in storage capacity and lower basis differentials due to transportation infrastructure expansion), the volatility and seasonality of natural gas prices for the 24-30 months ended December 31, 2012 has been low relative to prior time periods. If these conditions persist, the demand for our services and the margin that we will be able to generate in connection with the sale of such services will remain under pressure and may decline.

 

Our storage business depends on third-party pipelines connected to our storage facilities, and we could be negatively impacted by circumstances beyond our control that temporarily or permanently interrupt the operation of such pipelines.

 

We depend on the continued operation of third-party pipelines and other facilities that provide delivery options to and from our storage facilities. Because we do not own the pipelines that are interconnected to our facilities, their continued operation is not within our control. If any of the pipelines to which we are connected were to become unavailable for current or future withdrawals or

 

23



Table of Contents

 

injections of natural gas due to repairs, damage to the facility, lack of capacity or any other reason, our ability to operate efficiently and satisfy our customer’s needs could be compromised, thereby potentially reducing our revenues. Any temporary or permanent interruption at any key pipeline or other interconnect point with our gas storage facilities that caused a material reduction in the storage services provided by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and ability to make distributions.

 

In addition, the rates charged by pipelines interconnected with our storage facilities for transportation to and from our facilities affects the utilization and value of the storage services we provide. Significant changes in the rates charged by these pipelines or their competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions.

 

We may not be able to achieve our current expansion plans at our facilities on economically viable terms.

 

Our 2013 expansion plans include the addition of 6.5 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at our Gulf Coast Facilities. These facilities are permitted for an aggregate of 120 Bcf of capacity, consisting of 80 Bcf at Pine Prairie and 40 Bcf at Southern Pines. In connection with our expansion efforts at these facilities, we may encounter difficulties in the drilling required to access subsurface storage caverns, the drilling of raw water wells or salt water disposal wells and the completion of the wells. These risks include the following:

 

·                          unexpected operational events;

 

·                          adverse weather conditions;

 

·                          facility or equipment malfunctions or breakdowns;

 

·                          unusual or unexpected geological formations;

 

·                          drill bit or drill pipe difficulties;

 

·                          collapses of wellbore, casing or other tubulars or other loss of drilling hole;

 

·                          unexpected problems associated with filling the caverns with base gas and conducting pressure and mechanical integrity tests;

 

·                          unexpected problems associated with leaching the caverns, filtration of extracted water and offsite disposal of water; and

 

·                          risks associated with subcontractors’ services, supplies, cost escalation and personnel.

 

 Specifically, the creation of a salt-cavern storage facility requires sourcing, injecting, withdrawing and disposing of significant volume of water. For example, to create 10 Bcf of working capacity, a salt cavern requires approximately 72 million barrels of raw water supply and an equivalent volume of salt water disposal. Additionally, the rate of access to raw water and the rate of disposal of salt water have a direct impact on the time it takes to create a salt cavern. Any physical or regulatory restriction imposed on our current operations with respect to accessing raw water or disposing of salt water would have an adverse impact on our ability to timely and fully expand our facilities at Pine Prairie or Southern Pines. Additionally, the occurrence of uninsured or under-insured losses, delays or operating cost overruns associated with these drilling efforts could have a negative impact on our operations and financial results.

 

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers in the ordinary course of our business.

 

As a normal part of our business we extend credit to our customers. As a result, we are exposed to the risk of loss resulting from the nonpayment and/or nonperformance of our customers. Although there are credit provisions under our FERC gas tariffs that are designed to protect us from non-payment or non-performance related to the provision of certificated storage services, and we have established credit policies and procedures that include assessing the creditworthiness of our customers, there can be no assurance that we are adequately protected from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers or that there will not be unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness or unexpected instances of nonpayment or nonperformance, all of which  could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and ability to make distributions.

 

Additionally, in instances where we loan natural gas to third parties, the magnitude of our credit risk is significantly increased, as the failure of the third party to return the loaned volumes would result in losses equal to the full value of the loaned natural gas rather than, in the case of firm storage or hub services contracts, losses equal to fees on volumes nominated for injection or withdrawal.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

We are exposed to the possibility that state or local taxing authorities could take actions that result in increased tax or other costs that might reduce our cash flow.

 

We pay a variety of taxes, fees and other governmental charges (other than income taxes) in connection with the operation of our business, including ad valorem property taxes, sales and use taxes, inventory taxes and various assessments.  These taxes and other charges are assessed by a variety of taxing authorities pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and rules.  From time to time, we may enter into specific agreements with such taxing authorities that provide for the reduction, abatement or deferral of such taxes or charges in exchange for certain payments or undertakings on our part.  As evidenced by the current efforts of Evangeline Parish in the State of Louisiana to assess and collect taxes on property that is exempt from such taxes pursuant to the terms of a 2006 tax abatement arrangement we entered into with the applicable authorities (See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements), we can give no assurance that any such reduction, abatement or deferral arrangements will be honored or that the applicable taxing authorities will not take actions that materially increase the amount of such taxes or other governmental charges that we are required to pay.  In addition, we may incur additional and unanticipated costs and expenses in connection with our efforts to resist any proposed increases in such taxes or other charges or in connection with our efforts to enforce any reduction, abatement or deferral arrangements that we have previously put in place. In the event we are not successful in any attempts to enforce all, or a portion of, existing reduction, abatement or deferral arrangements, we would be required to reassess the recoverability of our intangible assets associated with these arrangements (approximately $28.4 million as of December 31, 2012).  If we were to determine that all, or a portion of these intangible assets were impaired, we would be required to take an immediate charge to earnings to recognize the amount of such impairment.

 

For various operating and commercial reasons, we may not be able to perform all of our obligations under our contracts, which could lead to increased costs and negatively impact our financial results.

 

Various operational and commercial factors could result in an inability on our part to satisfy our contractual commitments and obligations. For example, in connection with our provision of firm storage services and hub services to our customers, we enter into contracts that obligate us to honor our customers’ requests to inject gas into our storage facilities, withdraw gas from our facilities and wheel gas through our facilities, in each case subject to volume, timing and other limitations set forth in such contracts. The following factors could adversely impact our ability to perform our obligations under these contracts:

 

·                          a failure on the part of our storage facilities to perform as we expect them to, whether due to malfunction of equipment or facilities or realization of other operational risks;

 

·                          a failure on our part to create incremental storage capacity at our facilities due to reduced leaching rates, operational or other factors;

 

·                          the operating pressure of our storage facilities (affected in varying degree, depending on the type of storage cavern, by total volume of working and base gas, and temperature);

 

·                          a variety of commercial decisions we make from time to time in connection with the management and operation of our storage facilities. Examples include, without limitation, decisions with respect to matters such as (i) the aggregate amount of commitments we are willing to make with respect to wheeling, injection, and withdrawal services, which could exceed our capabilities at any given time for various reasons, (ii) the timing of scheduled and unplanned maintenance or repairs, which can impact equipment availability and capacity, (iii) the schedule for and rate at which we conduct leaching activities at our facilities in connection with the creation of new salt caverns or the expansion of existing caverns, which can impact the amount of storage capacity we have available to satisfy our customers’ requests, (iv) the timing and aggregate volume of any base gas park and/or loan transactions we consummate, which can directly affect the operating pressure of our storage facilities and (v) the amount of compression capacity and other gas handling equipment that we install at our facilities to support gas wheeling, injection and withdrawal activities; and

 

·                          adverse operating conditions due to hurricanes, extreme weather events or conditions, and operational problems or issues with third party pipelines, storage or production facilities.

 

Although we manage and monitor all of these various factors in connection with the ongoing operation of our natural gas storage facilities with the goal of performing all of our contractual commitments and obligations and optimizing our revenue, one or more of the above factors may adversely impact our ability to satisfy our injection, withdrawal or wheeling obligations under our storage contracts. In such event, we may be liable to our customers for losses or damages they suffer and/or we may need to incur costs or expenses in order to permit us to satisfy our obligations.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Our cash receipts and financial results are usually lower in the second and third quarters of the calendar year, which may, depending on the level of our cash reserves, require us to borrow money in order to make distributions to the holders of our common units and Series A subordinated units.

 

Our cash expenditures related to our merchant storage activities are generally highest during summer months, and our cash receipts from such activities are highest during winter months. As a result, our results of operations for the summer are generally lower than for the winter. With lower cash flow during the second and third calendar quarters, depending on the level of our available cash reserves from prior quarters, we may be required to borrow money in order to pay distributions to the holders of our common units and Series A subordinated units.

 

Our marketing activities could result in financial losses. Our risk management policies cannot eliminate all risks and any non-compliance with our risk management policies could result in significant financial losses.

 

In 2010, we formed a dedicated commercial marketing group in order to capture short-term market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related commercial marketing activities. Through these transactions, we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand and sales or future delivery obligations on the other hand. Our general policy is (i) to purchase natural gas only in situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our operations and commercial management activities and to structure our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not have a material adverse impact on our cash flow and (iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on outright commodity price changes. Although we intend to conduct these transactions within these pre-defined risk parameters and we have risk management policies in place that are designed to manage and minimize commodity price and other risks, these policies will not eliminate all risks. We have in place risk management systems that are intended to quantify and manage risks, including risks related to our hedging activities such as commodity price risk and basis risk. We monitor processes and procedures to prevent unauthorized trading and to maintain substantial balance between purchases and future sales and delivery obligations. However, these steps may not detect and prevent all violations of our risk management policies and procedures, particularly if deception, collusion or other intentional misconduct is involved. There is no assurance that our risk management procedures will prevent losses that would negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to the holders of our common units and Series A subordinated units.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, climate change and related matters that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

Our natural gas storage operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, climate change and related matters. We may incur substantial costs in order to conduct our operations in compliance with these laws and regulations. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations that are applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of permits to conduct certain activities, increases in operating expenses or curtailment of certain operations to limit or prevent releases of materials from our facilities, the incurrence of capital expenditures associated with the installation of pollution control equipment, and the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Moreover, new and stricter environmental laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be implemented that significantly increase our compliance costs or the costs of any remediation of environmental contamination that may become necessary, and these costs could be material. For example, the EPA has begun adopting regulations imposing reporting obligations with respect to, or limiting emissions of, “greenhouse gases”, including methane, that may be contributing to climate change.  Depending on the nature of the regulations adopted, these new requirements could result in increased operating costs and adversely affect, or possibly increase, demand for natural gas.

 

Numerous governmental authorities, such as the EPA and analogous state agencies, have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them, oftentimes requiring difficult and costly corrective actions. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations and permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations. In addition, joint and several liability or strict liability may be imposed under certain environmental laws, which could cause us to become liable for the conduct of others or for consequences of our own actions that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time those actions were taken. Private parties may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage that may result from environmental and other impacts of our operations. We may not be able to recover all or any of these costs through insurance or other means, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions. See Items 1 and 2. “Business and Properties — Natural Gas Regulation” for more information.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

If we do not complete expansion projects or make and integrate acquisitions, our future growth may be limited.

 

A principal focus of our strategy is to continue to grow the cash distributions on our units by expanding our business. Our ability to grow depends on our ability to complete expansion projects and make acquisitions that result in an increase in cash generated from operations on a per unit basis (i.e., are accretive). We may be unable to complete successful, accretive expansion projects or acquisitions for any of the following reasons:

 

·                          we are unable to identify attractive expansion projects or acquisition candidates that satisfy our economic and other criteria, or we are outbid for such opportunities by our competitors;

 

·                          we are unable to raise financing for such expansion projects or acquisitions on economically acceptable terms;

 

·                          we are unable to secure adequate customer commitments to use the facilities to be expanded or acquired; or

 

·                          we are unable to obtain governmental approvals or other rights, licenses or consents needed to complete such expansion projects or acquisitions.

 

Acquisitions or expansion projects that we complete may not perform as anticipated and could result in a reduction of our distributable cash flow on a per unit basis.

 

Even if we complete expansion projects or acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, such projects or acquisitions may not perform as anticipated or may negatively impact our available cash from distributable cash flow due to the following:

 

·                          mistaken assumptions about storage capacity, deliverability, base gas needs, geological integrity, revenues, synergies, costs (including operating and general and administrative, capital, tax, debt and equity costs), customer demand, growth potential, assumed liabilities and other factors;

 

·                          an inability to complete expansion projects on schedule and within applicable budgets due to various factors, including cost overruns, weather, schedule delays, and the inability to obtain necessary permits or approvals;

 

·                          the failure to receive cash flows from an expansion project or newly acquired asset due to delays in the commencement of operations for any reason;

 

·                          unforeseen operational issues or the realization of liabilities that were not known to us at the time the acquisition or expansion project was completed;

 

·                          the inability to attract new customers or retain acquired customers to the extent assumed in connection with the expansion or acquisition project;

 

·                          the failure to successfully integrate expansion projects or acquired assets or businesses into our operations and/or the loss of key employees; or

 

·                          the impact of regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties that are beyond our control.

 

Our ability to make or increase distributions may be reduced, if any expansion projects or acquisitions we ultimately complete are not accretive to our distributable cash flow per common unit and Series A subordinated unit.

 

Our growth strategy requires access to new capital. Tightened capital markets or other factors that increase our cost of capital could impair our ability to grow.

 

We continuously consider potential acquisitions and opportunities for organic growth projects. Acquisition transactions can be effected quickly, may occur at any time and may be significant in size relative to our existing assets and operations. Our ability to fund our capital projects and make acquisitions depends on whether we can access the necessary financing to fund these activities.  Any limitations on our access to capital or increase in the cost of that capital could significantly impair our growth strategy. Our ability to maintain our targeted credit profile could affect our cost of capital as well as our ability to execute our growth strategy. In addition, a variety of factors beyond our control could impact the availability or cost of capital, including domestic or international economic conditions, changes in key benchmark interest rates, the adoption of new or amended banking or capital market laws or regulations, the re-pricing of market risks and volatility in capital and financial markets.

 

Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that funding for our capital needs will be available from bank credit arrangements or capital markets on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to implement our development plan, enhance our existing business, complete acquisitions and construction projects,

 

27



Table of Contents

 

take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs for which we are not fully insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

 

Our operations are subject to all of the risks and hazards inherent in the natural gas storage business, including:

 

·                          reduction of our available storage capacity at our salt caverns over time due to (i) unexpected increases in the temperature of our caverns, which reduces capacity as a result of the expansion of the stored natural gas, (ii) the long-term effect of pressure differentials between the caverns and the surrounding salt formations (known as “salt creep”) or (iii) problems with the structural integrity of our salt caverns;

 

·                          subsidence of the geological structures where we store natural gas;

 

·                          risks and hazards inherent in drilling operations associated with the development of new caverns and/or the drilling of raw water wells or salt water disposal wells;

 

·                          problems maintaining the wellbores and related equipment and facilities that form a part of the infrastructure that is critical to the operation of our storage facilities;

 

·                          impacts to our operations due to the unavailability of raw water for any reason or the inability to dispose of salt water through our salt water disposal wells for any reason;

 

·                          damage to our storage facilities, related equipment and connecting pipelines and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters or acts of terrorism;

 

·                          inadvertent damage from third parties, including construction, farm and utility equipment;

 

·                          leaks of natural gas and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural gas as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities;

 

·                          collapse of storage caverns;

 

·                          operator error;

 

·                          environmental pollution or other environmental issues, including drinking water contamination, associated with our raw water or water disposal wells or our water treatment facilities;

 

·                          damage associated with equipment or material failures, pipeline or vessel ruptures or corrosion, explosions, fires and other incidents; and

 

·                          other hazards that could result in personal injury and loss of life, pollution and suspension of operations.

 

These risks could result in substantial losses due to breaches of contractual commitments, personal injury and/or loss of life, damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage. These risks may also result in curtailment or suspension of our operations. A natural disaster or other hazard affecting the areas in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We are not fully insured against all risks inherent in our business. In addition, we are not insured against all environmental accidents that might occur, some of which may result in toxic tort claims. If a significant accident or event occurs for which we are not fully insured, it could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions. Furthermore, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies may substantially increase. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Additionally, we may be unable to recover from prior owners of our assets, pursuant to our indemnification rights, for potential environmental liabilities.

 

In addition, we share insurance coverage with PAA, for which we reimburse PAA’s general partner pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement. To the extent PAA experiences covered losses under the insurance policies, the limit of our coverage for potential losses may be decreased.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

If leakage or migration of natural gas or other hydrocarbons occurs from any of our storage facilities, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

 

Our operations are subject to the risk that natural gas or other hydrocarbons could leak or migrate from our storage facilities, causing a loss of volumes stored in the storage facilities. This risk could cause substantial losses due to our inability to deliver the stored volumes back to our customers. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain insurance to protect against this risk, and we may not be able to maintain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates to insure against this risk.

 

Restrictions in our credit facility could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to make distributions to unitholders and value of our units.

 

Our credit agreement restricts our ability to, among other things:

 

·                          make distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) exists or would result therefrom;

 

·                          incur additional indebtedness;

 

·                          grant or permit to exist liens or enter into certain restricted contracts;

 

·                          engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

·                          make any material change to the nature of our business;

 

·                          make a disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or

 

·                          enter into a merger, consolidate, liquidate, wind up or dissolve.

 

Furthermore, our credit facility contains covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios related to our consolidated EBITDA, consolidated interest charges and consolidated funded indebtedness, as such terms are defined in our credit agreement.

 

The provisions of our credit facility may affect our ability to obtain future financing and pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of our credit facility could result in an event of default, which could enable our lenders, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit facility, to declare any outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the payment of any such debt is accelerated, our assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders of our units could experience a partial or total loss of their investment.

 

Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.

 

Our future level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

·                          our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

·                          our funds available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced by that portion of our cash flow required to make interest payments on our debt;

 

·                          we may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

·                          our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.

 

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service any future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms or at all.

 

For more information regarding our debt agreements, See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

29



Table of Contents

 

We are considered a subsidiary of PAA under its debt instruments and, as such, we may be directly or indirectly subject to and impacted by certain restrictions in PAA’s existing and future credit facilities and indentures. These restrictions may limit our access to credit, prevent us from engaging in beneficial activities, and in certain circumstances, require us to guarantee PAA’s indebtedness.

 

Although we are not contractually bound by and are not liable for PAA’s debt under its debt instruments, we are subject to and indirectly affected by certain prohibitions and limitations contained therein. Such restrictions may prevent us from obtaining the most advantageous financing terms or from engaging in certain transactions that might otherwise be considered beneficial. For example (by reference to the most restrictive of any applicable covenant):

 

·                          We will be restricted from entering into any future sale/leaseback transactions.

 

·                          PAA is subject to a limit of 10% of PAA’s consolidated net tangible assets with respect to the amount of debt that can be secured by liens on facilities owned by its subsidiaries, including us. We cannot control the incurrence of secured debt by PAA’s other subsidiaries.

 

·                          We cannot give intercompany guaranties of debt for borrowed money for the benefit of PAA or any subsidiary of PAA (including any of our subsidiaries) unless we agree to guarantee PAA’s outstanding debt. The same restriction would apply to a guaranty of our debt by one of our subsidiaries.

 

Although we believe that the restrictions in PAA’s debt instruments will not have a material impact on our operations or access to credit, no assurance can be given to that effect, and PAA’s ability to comply with any restrictions in PAA’s debt instruments may be affected by events beyond our control.

 

Any debt instruments that PAA or any of its affiliates enters into in the future, including any amendments to existing credit facilities, may include additional or more restrictive limitations on our ability to conduct our business. These additional restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in, expand or pursue our business activities. In addition, PAA has the ability to prevent us from taking actions that would cause PAA to violate any covenants in its credit facilities or indentures, or otherwise to be in default under any of its debt instruments. In deciding whether to prevent us from taking any such action, PAA will have no fiduciary duty to us or our unitholders.

 

The credit and risk profile of our general partner and its owner, PAA, could adversely affect our credit and risk profile, which could increase our borrowing costs or hinder our ability to raise capital.

 

The credit and business risk profiles of our general partner and PAA may be factors considered in credit evaluations of us. This is because our general partner, which is owned by PAA, controls our business activities, including our cash distribution policy and expansion strategy. Any adverse change in the financial condition of PAA, including the degree of its financial leverage and its dependence on cash flow from us to service its indebtedness, may adversely affect our credit and risk profile.

 

If we were to seek a credit rating in the future, the credit rating may be adversely affected by the leverage of our general partner or PAA, as credit rating agencies such as Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service may consider the leverage and credit profile of PAA and its affiliates because of their ownership interest in and control of us. Any adverse effect on our credit rating would increase our cost of borrowing or hinder our ability to raise financing in the capital markets, which would impair our ability to grow our business and make distributions to unitholders.

 

Increases in interest rates could adversely impact our unit price, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes, and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

 

Interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and our implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

 

An impairment of goodwill could reduce our earnings.

 

At December 31, 2012, we had approximately $325 million of goodwill. Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price of a business exceeds the fair market value of the acquired tangible and separately measurable intangible net assets. U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires us to test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill might be impaired. If we were to determine that any of our goodwill was impaired, we

 

30



Table of Contents

 

would be required to take an immediate charge to earnings with a corresponding reduction of partners’ equity and increase in balance sheet leverage as measured by debt to total capitalization.

 

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

 

Pursuant to our partnership agreement, we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

 

In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

 

Cost reimbursements due to PAA’s general partner and our general partner for services provided to us or on our behalf will be substantial and will reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by PAA’s general partner.

 

Prior to making distributions on our common units, we will reimburse PAA’s general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur on our behalf. These expenses will include all costs incurred by PAA, its general partner or our general partner in managing and operating us. These operating expense reimbursements and the reimbursement of incremental general and administrative expenses we incur are not capped. In addition, PAA and our general partner will have substantial discretion in incurring third-party expenses on our behalf. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursements to PAA’s general partner and our general partner will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no Series A subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution and each target distribution level will be reset to the correspondingly higher amount that causes such reset target distribution level to exceed the reset minimum quarterly distribution by the same percentage that such distribution level exceeds the then-current minimum quarterly distribution.

 

If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units and will retain its then-current general partner interest. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will equal the number of common units which would have entitled their holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels.

 

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

 

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the

 

31



Table of Contents

 

distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Substituted limited partners are liable both for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the partnership that were known to the substituted limited partner at the time it became a limited partner and for those obligations that were unknown if the liabilities could have been determined from the partnership agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

 

Unitholder liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

 

Under Delaware law, a unitholder could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if a court determined that the right of unitholders to remove our general partner or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted participation in the “control” of our business.

 

Our general partner generally has unlimited liability for our obligations, such as our debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement allows the general partner to incur obligations on our behalf that are expressly non-recourse to the general partner. The general partner has entered into such limited recourse obligations in most instances involving payment liability and intends to do so in the future.

 

In addition, Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act provides that under some circumstances, a unitholder may be liable to us for the amount of a distribution for a period of three years from the date of the distribution.

 

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect the directors of our general partner.

 

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect the directors of our general partner. The board of directors of our general partner will be chosen by PAA. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

 

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot remove our general partner without its consent.

 

The unitholders will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates own sufficient units to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. PAA owns an aggregate of approximately 62% of our outstanding limited partner units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated units will automatically convert into common units and any existing arrearages on our common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect our then-existing common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over our Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution, performance and operational tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of our general partner because of the unitholder’s dissatisfaction with our general partner’s performance in managing our partnership will most likely result in the termination of the subordination period and conversion of all Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated units to common units.

 

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

 

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by a provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

 

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of PAA to transfer all or a portion of its ownership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owner of our general partner may then be in a

 

32



Table of Contents

 

position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with its own designees and thereby exert significant control over the decisions made by the board of directors and officers.

 

We may issue additional units without our unitholders’ approval, which would dilute our unitholders’ existing ownership interest.

 

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

·                          our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

·                          the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

·                          because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be Series A subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

·                          the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

·                          the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

·                          the market price of the common units may decline.

 

 PAA may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

 

As of February 20, 2013, PAA owned approximately 28.2 million common units, 11.9 million Series A subordinated units and 13.5 million Series B subordinated units. All of the Series A subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. The Series B subordinated units are also eligible for conversion into common units if certain operational and financial conditions are satisfied and the end of the subordination period has occurred. The sale of these units in the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop. A sale or transfer, including certain deemed transfers, by PAA of all or portions of its interests in us may cause our partnership to terminate for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of the impact this could have on common unitholders, See Items 1A. “Risk Factors — Tax Risks to Common Unitholders — The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.”

 

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

 

PAA owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. PAA and our general partner have conflicts of interest and may favor PAA’s interests to a unitholder’s detriment.

 

PAA owns and controls our general partner, as well as appoints all of the officers and directors of our general partner, and some of the officers of our general partner are also officers of PAA’s general partner (and one such officer is also a member of the board of directors of PAA’s general partner). Although our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner that is beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a legal duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owner, PAA. Conflicts of interest may arise between PAA and our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest (for example the negotiation of commercial transactions between us and PAA), our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of PAA over our interests and the interests of our unitholders.

 

PAA may engage in competition with us.

 

Although PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our partnership as the primary vehicle through which it will participate in the natural gas storage business, PAA and its affiliates are not limited in their ability to compete with us.

 

Our partnership agreement defines and modifies the duties of our general partner and restricts the remedies available to holders of our common and subordinated units for actions taken by our general partner.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that define the standard of care that our general partner must exercise and restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner in accordance with that standard of care, including in circumstances that might otherwise be challenged under state law standards. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

·                          permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty

 

33



Table of Contents

 

or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

(a)                  how to allocate corporate opportunities among us and our general partner’s affiliates;

 

(b)                  whether to exercise its limited call right;

 

(c)                   how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns;

 

(d)                  whether to exercise its registration rights;

 

(e)                   whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and

 

(f)                    whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

 

·                          provides that whenever our general partner makes a determination, including any determination with respect to distributable cash flow or any components thereof, or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

·                          provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as such decisions are made in good faith, meaning that it subjectively believed that the decision was (i) with respect to matters involving us, in, or not opposed to, the best interests of our partnership and (ii) with respect to matters involving the relative rights and privileges of holders of our equity interests, consistent with the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement;

 

·                          provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or their assignees resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal;

 

·                          generally provides that any resolution or course of action adopted by our general partner and its affiliates in respect of a conflict of interest will be permitted and deemed approved by all of our partners, and will not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement or any duty stated or implied by law or equity if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

(a) approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner after due inquiry, based on a subjective belief that the course of action or determination that is the subject of such approval is fair and reasonable to us;

 

(b) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, directors and executive officers;

 

(c) determined by our general partner (after due inquiry) to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

(d) approved by our general partner (after due inquiry) based on a subjective belief that the course of action or determination that is the subject of such approval is fair and reasonable to us, which may include taking into account the totality of the circumstances and relationships involved (our short-term or long-term interests and other arrangements or relationships that could be considered favorable or advantageous to us); and

 

·                          provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in connection with any action or inaction of, or determination made by, our general partner’s board of directors or its conflicts committee with respect to any matter relating to us, it shall be presumed that our general partner’s board of directors or its conflicts committee acted in a manner that satisfied the contractual standards set forth in our partnership agreement, and in any proceeding brought by any limited partner or by or on behalf of such limited partner or any other limited partner or our partnership challenging any such action or inaction of, or determination made by, our general partner, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require unitholders to sell their units at an undesirable time or price.

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price that is not less than their then-current market price. As a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units.

 

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders could be substantially reduced.

 

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A publicly traded partnership such as us may be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes unless it satisfies a “qualifying income” requirement. Based on our current operations we believe that we are treated as a partnership rather than a corporation for such purposes; however, a change in our business could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, on this or any other tax matter affecting us.

 

In addition, a change in current law may cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. In addition, because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. Specifically, we will be subject to an entity-level tax on any portion of our income that is generated in Texas in the prior year. Imposition of any such additional taxes on us will reduce the cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal income tax purposes, our target distribution amounts will be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

 

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to them. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

 

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial, or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes, or differing interpretations at any time. For example, from time to time, members of Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. Currently, one such legislative proposal would eliminate the qualifying income exception to the treatment of all publicly traded partnerships as corporations upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will be reintroduced or ultimately will be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units. Any modification to the U.S. federal

 

35



Table of Contents

 

income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Our unitholders will be required to pay taxes on their share of our income even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, they will be required to pay any federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of our taxable income whether or not they receive cash distributions from us. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

 

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

We will be considered to have terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. PAA owns more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits interests. Therefore, a transfer by PAA of all or a portion of its interests in us, including a deemed transfer as a result of a termination of PAA’s partnership for federal income tax purposes, could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, we would be treated as a new partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS has recently announced a relief procedure whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically terminated requests and the IRS grants special relief, among other things, the partnership may be permitted to provide only a single Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the tax years in which the termination occurs.

 

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

 

If our unitholders sell their common units, they will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and their tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of a unitholder’s allocable share of our net taxable income decrease the unitholder’s tax basis in their common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units they sell will, in effect, become taxable income to the unitholder if they sell such units at a price greater than their tax basis in those units, even if the price the unitholder receives is less than their original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if a unitholder sells units, the unitholder may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash they receive from the sale.

 

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

 

Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution or debt service.

 

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution or debt service.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

 

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we have adopted depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from the sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns.

 

We have adopted certain valuation methodologies that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and the unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

 

When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, we determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated to our tangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods, or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and certain of our unitholders.

 

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

 

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

 

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which publicly traded partnerships may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. If the IRS were to challenge our proration method or new Treasury Regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

 

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

 

Because there are no specific rules governing the federal income tax consequences of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In that case, the unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units may be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

 

Our unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where our unitholders do not live as a result of investing in our common units.

 

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property, even if our unitholders do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We currently own assets and

 

37



Table of Contents

 

conduct business in the states of Louisiana, Michigan and Mississippi. Each of these states currently imposes a personal income tax and also imposes income taxes on corporations and other entities. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is a unitholder’s responsibility to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns.

 

Item 1B.                 Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item  3.                       Legal Proceedings

 

In December 2011, we received property tax bills from Evangeline Parish, Louisiana totaling approximately $1.5 million that assessed property taxes on property that we lease and maintain is exempt from property tax pursuant to a 2006 tax abatement arrangement. In order to properly protest such tax assessments under Louisiana law, we were required to pay the disputed taxes by December 31, 2011 and file suit within 30 days thereafter. We paid the taxes under protest in December 2011 and filed suit within the required 30 day period seeking recovery of the taxes based on the provisions of the tax abatement arrangement.  In May 2012, approximately $1.4 million originally paid under protest was returned to us.  Approximately $0.1 million remains under dispute. In October 2012, we filed an additional lawsuit to prevent Evangeline Parish from issuing additional property tax bills on the leased property subject to the 2006 tax abatement.

 

In December 2012, Evangeline Parish issued additional property tax bills on the property subject to the 2006 tax abatement to us and Industrial Development Board No. 1 of the State of Louisiana, Inc, the lessor of the property, totaling approximately $1.3 million. We paid these taxes under protest in December 2012 and filed suit within the required 30 day period to protest these billings and seek recovery of the amounts paid under protest.

 

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $1.4 million of property taxes paid to Evangeline Parish under protest are reflected as a component of other current assets on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet. We have not recognized any property tax expense related to these billings as they relate to property which we believe is exempt from taxes in accordance with the terms of the 2006 tax abatement agreement.

 

Except for such matter, we are not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are also a party to various administrative and regulatory proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business, none of which we believe to be material.

 

Item  4.                       Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.                                  Market for Registrant’s Common Units, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Our common units are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “PNG.” As of February 20, 2013, the closing market price for our common units was $21.30 per unit and there were approximately 59,205,075 common units outstanding. As of February 20, 2013, there were approximately 16,300 record holders and beneficial owners (held in street name).

 

The following table sets forth high and low sales prices for our common units and the cash distributions declared per common unit for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Common Unit Price Range

 

Cash

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Distributions (1)

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4th Quarter

 

$

20.79

 

$

17.95

 

$

0.3575

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

20.32

 

$

17.70

 

$

0.3575

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

19.48

 

$

16.51

 

$

0.3575

 

1st Quarter

 

$

19.48

 

$

17.64

 

$

0.3575

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4th Quarter

 

$

18.99

 

$

15.51

 

$

0.3575

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

23.72

 

$

15.91

 

$

0.3575

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

24.92

 

$

20.75

 

$

0.3450

 

1st Quarter

 

$

25.50

 

$

22.73

 

$

0.3450

 

 


(1)         Cash distributions for a quarter are declared and paid in the following calendar quarter. See “— Cash Distribution Policy” below for a discussion of our policy regarding distribution payments.

 

Our common units are used as a form of compensation to our directors and our employees. Additional information regarding our equity compensation plans is included in Part III of this report under Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

 

Cash Distribution Policy

 

We will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders, of record on the applicable record date, within 45 days following the end of each quarter in the manner described below. Available cash generally means, for any quarter ending prior to liquidation, all cash on hand at the end of that quarter less the amount of cash reserves that are necessary or appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the general partner to:

 

·                  provide for the proper conduct of our business;

 

·                  comply with applicable law or any partnership debt instrument or other agreement; or

 

·                  provide funds for distributions to unitholders and the general partner in respect of any one or more of the next four quarters.

 

We distribute all of our available cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

·                  first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375, plus any arrearages from prior quarters; and

 

·                  second, 98.0% to the holders of Series A subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each Series A subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.3375 per common unit and Series A subordinated unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in addition to distributions on its 2.0% general partner interest, incentive distributions in increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount as follows:

 

 

 

Total Quarterly Distributions

 

Marginal Percentage

 

 

 

per Common Unit and

 

Interest in Distributions

 

 

 

Series A Subordinated Unit

 

Unitholders

 

General Partner

 

Minimum quarterly distribution

 

$0.3375

 

98.0

%

2.0

%

First target distribution

 

above $0.3375 up to $0.37125

 

85.0

%

15.0

%

Second target distribution

 

above $0.37125 up to $0.50625

 

75.0

%

25.0

%

Thereafter

 

above $0.50625

 

50.0

%

50.0

%

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no Series A subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election.

 

We do not have a legal obligation to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution except to distribute available cash as provided in our partnership agreement. Our cash distribution policy may be changed at any time and is subject to certain restrictions, including our partnership agreement, our credit facility or other debt agreements and applicable partnership law. Under the terms of the agreements governing our debt, we are prohibited from declaring or making any distribution to unitholders if a default or event of default (as defined in such agreements) exists. No such default has occurred. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

See Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

We did not repurchase any of our common units during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, and we do not have any announced or existing plans to repurchase any of our common units.

 

Item 6.                                   Selected Financial Data

 

The historical financial information below was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, or those of our predecessor as further discussed below, as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the period from September 3, 2009 through December 31, 2009, the period from January 1, 2009 through September 2, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008. Pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2009 is unaudited. As a result of the push-down accounting requirements applied in conjunction with the PAA Ownership Transaction (See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements), the financial information of PNG for periods preceding (designated as “Predecessor”) and succeeding (designated as “Successor”) the PAA Ownership Transaction have been prepared under two different cost bases of accounting. A vertical line separates financial information for periods preceding and succeeding the PAA Ownership Transaction to highlight the fact that such information was prepared under different bases of accounting. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

40



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

Successor

 

Pro Forma (1)

 

Successor

 

Successor

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

January 1,

 

 

September 3,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

through

 

 

through

 

December 31,

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

September 2,

 

 

December 31,

 

2009

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

(Unaudited)

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for per unit, working storage capacity and monthly operating metrics)

 

Statement of operations data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

49,177

 

$

46,929

 

 

$

25,251

 

$

72,180

 

$

100,287

 

$

342,964

 

$

387,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Storage related costs and natural gas sales

 

11,254

 

10,608

 

 

7,581

 

18,189

 

25,833

 

210,016

 

237,602

 

Field operating costs

 

4,059

 

4,820

 

 

3,257

 

8,077

 

7,242

 

11,621

 

12,368

 

General and administrative expenses

 

3,874

 

3,562

 

 

4,083

 

8,885

 

15,965

 

22,566

 

19,148

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

6,245

 

8,054

 

 

3,578

 

11,341

 

14,119

 

33,714

 

37,546

 

Total costs and expenses

 

25,432

 

27,044

 

 

18,499

 

46,492

 

63,159

 

277,917

 

306,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

23,745

 

19,885

 

 

6,752

 

25,688

 

37,128

 

65,047

 

80,999

 

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

 

(4,941

)

(4,352

)

 

(4,262

)

(11,676

)

(7,323

)

(5,354

)

(7,701

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

1,669

 

458

 

 

(2

)

456

 

(18

)

5

 

5

 

Income tax expense

 

(887

)

(473

)

 

 

(473

)

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

19,586

 

$

15,518

 

 

$

2,488

 

$

13,995

 

$

29,787

 

$

59,698

 

$

73,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation of Limited Partner Interest in Net Income: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

$

24,359

 

$

59,698

 

$

73,303

 

Less: General partner interest in net income

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

537

 

1,793

 

2,337

 

Less: Amounts attributable to participating securities (4)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

455

 

Limited partner interest in net income

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

$

23,822

 

$

57,905

 

$

70,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per unit data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per limited partner unit (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.99

 

Diluted net income per limited partner unit (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.99

 

Declared distribution per limited partner unit (3)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

$

0.89

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

811,436

 

 

 

 

$

900,407

 

 

 

$

998,728

 

$

1,849,999

 

$

1,869,069

 

Long-term debt (5)

 

$

415,263

 

 

 

 

$

450,523

 

 

 

$

259,900

 

$

453,508

 

$

505,385

 

Total debt

 

$

417,713

 

 

 

 

$

450,523

 

 

 

$

259,900

 

$

521,500

 

$

582,100

 

Members’/partners’ capital

 

$

363,229

 

 

 

 

$

432,744

 

 

 

$

723,390

 

$

1,285,626

 

$

1,250,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (6)(7)

 

$

31,001

 

$

28,701

 

 

$

12,165

 

$

39,626

 

$

53,857

 

$

107,229

 

$

122,403

 

Distributable cash flow (6)

 

$

25,577

 

$

23,965

 

 

$

7,200

 

$

26,863

 

$

44,962

 

$

99,914

 

$

113,400

 

Maintenance capital expenditures

 

$

377

 

$

384

 

 

$

320

 

$

704

 

$

438

 

$

798

 

$

623

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

21,818

 

$

22,603

 

 

$

15,265

 

 

 

$

44,361

 

$

43,894

 

$

104,452

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

$

(118,890

)

$

(58,561

)

 

$

(9,656

)

 

 

$

(103,580

)

$

(810,274

)

$

(59,504

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

122,344

 

$

23,636

 

 

$

(22,813

)

 

 

$

56,441

 

$

766,530

 

$

(44,794

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin (8)

 

$

37,375

 

$

36,321

 

 

$

18,040

 

$

54,361

 

$

74,084

 

$

132,810

 

$

149,934

 

Field operating costs / G&A / Other

 

(6,374

)

(7,620

)

 

(5,875

)

(14,735

)

(20,227

)

(25,581

)

(27,531

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

31,001

 

$

28,701

 

 

$

12,165

 

$

39,626

 

$

53,857

 

$

107,229

 

$

122,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average working storage capacity (Bcf) (9)

 

27

 

36

 

 

40

 

38

 

47

 

71

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly Operating Metrics ($/Mcf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.15

 

Field operating costs / G&A / Other

 

 

(0.02

)

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.04

)

 

(0.03

)

 

(0.04

)

 

(0.03

)

 

(0.03

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.12

 

 


(1)

In September 2009, Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. became the sole owner of a predecessor of PNG by acquiring an additional 50% interest in that predecessor. Application of push-down accounting in conjunction with this transaction resulted in financial information for periods prior to and subsequent to this transaction being prepared under a different basis of accounting. For comparison purposes, the pro-forma presentation places the 2009 period on the same basis of accounting as the most recent

 

41



Table of Contents

 

 

period. The following items were impacted by the adjustment: General and administrative expenses, Depreciation, depletion, and amortization, and Interest expense. The net impact of the pro-forma adjustments was a $4.0 million decrease to Net income and Adjusted Net Income and a $1.2 million decrease in EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

 

(2)

Reflective of general and limited partner interest in net income since closing of the Partnership’s initial public offering (See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

 

(3)

Amount represents distributions per limited partner unit attributable to the fiscal period. Cash distributions for a fiscal quarter are declared and paid in the following calendar quarter. No distributions were declared for any periods prior to May 5, 2010, the closing of our initial public offering. Our series B subordinated units were not entitled to receive distributions for any of the periods presented (See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

 

(4)

Participating securities consist of LTIP awards (See Note 13) containing vested distribution equivalent rights which entitle the grantee to a cash payment equal to the cash distribution paid on our outstanding common units.

 

 

(5)

Excludes approximately $76.7 million and $68.0 million of borrowings under our senior unsecured credit agreement as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Such borrowings, which are related to a portion of our funded hedged natural gas inventory, have been designated as working capital borrowings and must be repaid within one year (See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

 

(6)

For further discussion, please read, “Non-GAAP and Segment Financial Measures.”

 

 

(7)

The period from September 3, 2009 through December 31, 2009 includes total expenses of approximately $1 million associated with increased personnel costs, including added staffing, and accelerated audit and other costs related to our increased acquisition activities and our efforts to become a publicly traded entity as well as increased overhead allocations from PAA.

 

 

(8)

Net revenue margin equals total revenues less storage-related and natural gas sales costs, adjusted for any unrealized gains or losses recognized on derivative instruments (when applicable).

 

 

(9)

Calculated as the sum of total owned working gas storage capacity at the end of each month divided by the number of months in the period.

 

Non-GAAP and Segment Financial Measures

 

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, management uses Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow in its evaluation of past performance and prospects for the future. Management believes that the presentation of such additional financial measures provides useful information to investors regarding our financial condition and results of operations because these measures, when used in conjunction with related GAAP financial measures, (i) provide additional information about our core operations and ability to generate and distribute cash flow, (ii) provide investors with the financial analytical framework upon which management bases financial, operational, compensation and planning decisions and (iii) present measurements that investors, rating agencies and debt holders have indicated are useful in assessing us and our results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA and/or distributable cash flow may exclude, for example, the impact of unique and infrequent items, items outside of management’s control and/or items that are not indicative of our core operating results and business outlook, which we have defined hereinafter as “selected items impacting comparability.” These additional financial measures are reconciled to net income, the most directly comparable measures as reported in accordance with GAAP, in the following table and should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, our consolidated financial statements and footnotes.

 

We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative activities and applicable “selected items impacting comparability.”

 

Distributable cash flow, as determined by our general partner, is defined as: (i) net income; plus or minus, as applicable, (ii) any amounts necessary to offset the impact of any items included in net income that do not impact the amount of available cash; plus (iii) any acquisition-related expenses deducted from net income and associated with (a) successful acquisitions or (b) any other potential acquisitions that have not been abandoned; minus (iv) any acquisition-related expenses covered by clause (iii)(b) immediately preceding that relate to (a) potential acquisitions that have since been abandoned or (b) potential acquisitions that have not been consummated within one year following the date such expense was incurred (except that if the potential acquisition is the subject of a pending purchase and sale agreement as of such one-year date, such one-year period of time shall be extended until the first to occur of the termination of such purchase and sale agreement or the first day following the closing of the acquisition contemplated by such purchase and sale agreement); and minus (v) maintenance capital expenditures. The types of items covered by clause (ii) above include (a) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, (b) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the ordinary course of business, (c) any gain or loss as a result of a change in accounting principle, (d) any non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or expenses, including asset impairments, amortization of debt discounts, premiums or issue costs, mark-to-market activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation and/or fair valuation of assets or liabilities and (e) earnings or losses from unconsolidated subsidiaries except to the extent of actual cash distributions received. Distributable cash flow does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

The following table reconciles Non-GAAP and segment financial measures to the most directly comparable measures as reported in accordance with GAAP (in thousands):

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

Successor

 

Pro Forma (1)

 

Successor

 

Successor

 

Successor

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2008

 

January 1 -
September 2,
2009

 

 

September 3 -
December 31, 2009

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2009

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2010

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2011

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2012

 

Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

19,586

 

$

15,518

 

 

$

2,488

 

$

13,995

 

$

29,787

 

$

59,698

 

$

73,303

 

Income tax expense

 

887

 

473

 

 

 

473

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized

 

4,941

 

4,352

 

 

4,262

 

11,676

 

7,323

 

5,354

 

7,701

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

6,245

 

8,054

 

 

3,578

 

11,341

 

14,119

 

33,714

 

37,546

 

Selected items impacting Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

 

(110

)

304

 

 

1,467

 

1,771

 

2,747

 

4,046

 

3,980

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

4,055

 

 

Insurance deductible related to property damage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

Mark-to-market on open derivative positions

 

(548

)

 

 

370

 

370

 

(370

)

(138

)

(127

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

31,001

 

$

28,701

 

 

$

12,165

 

$

39,626

 

$

53,857

 

$

107,229

 

$

122,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributable cash flow reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

19,586

 

$

15,518

 

 

$

2,488

 

$

13,995

 

$

29,787

 

$

59,698

 

$

73,303

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

6,245

 

8,054

 

 

3,578

 

11,341

 

14,119

 

33,714

 

37,546

 

Income tax expense

 

887

 

473

 

 

 

473

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

4,055

 

 

Maintenance capital expenditures

 

(377

)

(384

)

 

(320

)

(704

)

(438

)

(798

)

(623

)

Other non cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense, net of cash payments

 

(216

)

304

 

 

1,084

 

1,388

 

1,613

 

3,383

 

3,301

 

Mark-to-market on open derivative positions

 

(548

)

 

 

370

 

370

 

(370

)

(138

)

(127

)

Distributable cash flow

 

$

25,577

 

$

23,965

 

 

$

7,200

 

$

26,863

 

$

44,962

 

$

99,914

 

$

113,400

 

 


(1)                          In September 2009, Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. became the sole owner of a predecessor of PNG by acquiring an additional 50% interest in that predecessor. Application of push-down accounting in conjunction with this transaction resulted in financial information for periods prior to and subsequent to this transaction being prepared under a different basis of accounting. For comparison purposes, the pro-forma presentation places the 2009 period on the same basis of accounting as the most recent period. The following items were impacted by the adjustment: General and administrative expenses, Depreciation, depletion and amortization, and Interest expense. The net impact of the pro-forma adjustments was a $4.0 million decrease to Net income and Adjusted Net Income and a $1.2 million decrease in EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009. These pro-forma adjustments are not attributable to the Partnership’s May 2010 initial public offering.

 

Item 7.                                  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Introduction

 

The following discussion is intended to provide investors with an understanding of our financial condition and results of our operations, including periods prior to our initial public offering on May 5, 2010. Such analysis should be read in conjunction with the historical audited consolidated financial statements, and accompanying notes. For ease of reference, we refer to the historical financial results of PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC (“PNGS”) prior to our initial public offering as being “our” historical financial results. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Partnership” are intended to mean the business and operations of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (the “Partnership” or “PNG”) and its consolidated subsidiaries since May 5, 2010. When used in the historical context (i.e. prior to May 5, 2010), these terms are intended to mean the business and operations of PNGS. Unless the context indicates otherwise, for purposes of the following discussion “PAA” refers to Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (the owner of our general partner) (NYSE: PAA) and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates other than the Partnership and its general partner and their respective subsidiaries.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

For periods prior to our initial public offering, the historical consolidated financial statements are those of PNGS, our predecessor. Through the contribution of all of the equity interest of PNGS to us in connection with the closing of our initial public offering on May 5, 2010, all of the assets, liabilities and operations of PNGS were contributed directly or indirectly by PAA to the Partnership. For further discussion regarding the Partnership’s initial public offering, please see Notes 1 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Our discussion and analysis includes the following:

 

·                  Executive Summary

 

·                   Company Overview

 

·                   Overview of Operating Results, Capital Investments and Significant Activities

 

·                  Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

·                  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

·                  Results of Operations

 

·                  Outlook

 

·                  Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Executive Summary

 

Company Overview

 

We are primarily a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed by Plains All American in January 2010 to own, operate and grow the natural gas storage business that PAA acquired in 2005 and has continuously operated since that time. In conjunction with our initial public offering in May 2010, PAA contributed the equity interest in the entities that owned its natural gas storage business to us. Our business consists of the acquisition, development, operation and commercial management of natural gas storage facilities.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we owned and operated three natural gas storage facilities located in Louisiana, Mississippi and Michigan that have an aggregate working gas storage capacity of approximately 93 Bcf and an aggregate peak injection and withdrawal capacity of 4.1 Bcf per day and 6.4 Bcf per day, respectively. Our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities are recently constructed, high-deliverability salt cavern natural gas storage complexes located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana and Greene County, Mississippi, respectively. Our Bluewater facility is a depleted reservoir natural gas storage complex located approximately 50 miles from Detroit in St. Clair County, Michigan. As of December 31, 2012, through these facilities, PNG had a total of nine operational salt storage caverns and two depleted reservoirs used for natural gas storage. Additionally, our dedicated commercial marketing group captures short-term market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related commercial marketing activities.

 

Overview of Operating Results, Capital Investments and Significant Activities

 

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $122.4 million, a 14% increase over Adjusted EBITDA of $107.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily the result of the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition on February 9, 2011, incremental revenues attributable to capacity expansions (including additional working gas of approximately 17 Bcf and 9 Bcf in the aggregate at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities during 2012 and 2011, respectively), a reduction in storage-related costs attributable to firm storage services activities and results of PNG Marketing, LLC (our commercial optimization company). See “— Results of Operations” for further discussion and analysis of our operating results. Expansion capital expenditures for 2012 were approximately $61.0 million. Such expenditures were principally associated with the ongoing development of our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We have adopted various accounting policies to prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These critical accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements. Such estimates and assumptions may also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. The critical accounting estimates that we have identified are discussed below.

 

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Acquired and Identification of Associated Goodwill and Intangible Assets. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance regarding business combinations, with each acquisition, we allocate the cost of the acquired entity to the assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. If the initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete when the combination occurs, an estimate will be recognized. Any subsequent adjustment to this estimate, if material, will be adjusted as if the amount was recognized when the combination occurred. We also expense the transaction costs as incurred in connection with each acquisition. In addition, we are required to recognize intangible assets separately from goodwill. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives as determined by management. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead are periodically assessed for impairment.

 

Impairment testing entails estimating future net cash flows relating to the asset, based on management’s estimate of market conditions including pricing, demand, competition, operating costs and other factors. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, as well as intangible assets that relate to such items as customer relationships, contracts, and industry expertise involves professional judgment and is ultimately based on acquisition models and management’s assessment of the value of the assets acquired and, to the extent available, third-party assessments. Uncertainties associated with these estimates include assumptions regarding natural gas supply and demand, volatility and pricing of natural gas, economic obsolescence factors in the area and potential future sources of cash flow. Although the resolution of these uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts. We perform our goodwill impairment test annually (as of June 30) and when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We did not have any goodwill impairments in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

 

Property and Equipment and Depreciation Expense. We compute depreciation using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives. These estimates are based on various factors including condition, manufacturing specifications, technological advances and historical data concerning useful lives of similar assets. Uncertainties that impact these estimates include changes in laws and regulations relating to restoration and abandonment requirements, economic conditions and supply and demand in the area. When assets are put into service, we make estimates with respect to useful lives and salvage values that we believe are reasonable. However, subsequent events could cause us to change our estimates, thus impacting the future calculation of depreciation and amortization.

 

We also evaluate our property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The impairment evaluation is highly dependent on the underlying assumptions of related cash flows. We consider the fair value estimate used to calculate impairment of property and equipment a critical accounting estimate. In determining the existence of an impairment in carrying value, we make a number of subjective assumptions as to:

 

·                  whether there is an indication of impairment;

 

·                  the grouping of assets;

 

·                  the intention of “holding” versus “selling” an asset;

 

·                  the forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the asset’s estimated useful life; and

 

·                  if an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset group.

 

We did not have impairments of property and equipment in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

 

Accruals and Contingent Liabilities. We record accruals or liabilities including, but not limited to, insurance claims, asset retirement obligations, property taxes and potential legal claims. Accruals are made when our assessment indicates that it is probable that a liability has occurred and the amount of liability can be reasonably estimated. Such accruals may include estimates and are based on all known facts at the time and our assessment of the ultimate outcome. Among the many uncertainties that impact our estimates are the necessary regulatory requirements for operating gas storage facilities, costs of medical care associated with worker’s compensation and employee health insurance claims, and the possibility of legal claims. Our estimates for contingent liability accruals are increased or decreased as additional information is obtained or resolution is achieved. Presently, there are no material accruals in

 

45



Table of Contents

 

these areas. Although the resolution of uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Expense Recognitions. We recognize compensation expense for outstanding equity compensation awards granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan and similar plans sponsored by PAA. Under generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to estimate the fair value of our outstanding equity awards and recognize that fair value as compensation expense over the applicable service period. For awards that contain a performance condition, the fair value of the award is recognized as compensation expense only if the attainment of the performance condition is considered probable. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our equity compensation plans.

 

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments. We are required to measure derivatives at fair value pursuant to FASB guidance, the estimates of derivative gains or losses for a particular period are unrealized and will most likely not reflect the realized derivative gain or loss upon settlement of the derivative. We estimate the fair value of our derivatives with quoted prices, internal records and information received from third parties. For derivatives that are not exchange traded, the estimates we derive are based on indicative broker quotations that are further validated with market observable inputs. Although the resolution of these uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our use of derivative financial instruments.

 

Realization of Benefits Under Tax Abatement Programs.  We are party to specific agreements with certain taxing authorities that provide for the reduction, abatement or deferral of certain taxes other than income taxes (including ad valorem property taxes, sales and use taxes, inventory taxes and various assessments or charges) in exchange for certain payments or undertakings on our part.  If future events result in these agreements not being honored by the applicable tax authorities or we are otherwise unable to realize the benefits we believe we are entitled to under these agreements, we may be (i) subject to additional and unanticipated cash payments and expenses, (ii) unable to recover previous payments made under these agreements (including any payments made to facilitate the enforcement of our rights under these agreements) and (iii) required to recognize an impairment charge associated with all or a portion of our intangible assets related to such agreements. See Notes 3, 7 and 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our tax abatement agreements and intangible assets associated with them.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that will impact us, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2011

 

The following table includes our operating results for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (amounts in thousands, except for average working storage capacity and monthly operating metrics):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Favorable/(Unfavorable) Variance(1)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

2012 - 2011

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Firm storage services

 

$

143,810

 

$

136,181

 

$

7,629

 

6

%

Hub services and merchant storage (2)

 

239,963

 

202,837

 

37,126

 

18

%

Other

 

3,890

 

3,946

 

(56

)

(1

)%

Total revenues

 

387,663

 

342,964

 

44,699

 

13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Storage-related costs - Hub services and merchant storage (3)

 

(224,003

)

(191,893

)

(32,110

)

(17

)%

Storage-related costs - Firm storage services (4)

 

(13,599

)

(18,123

)

4,524

 

25

%

Field operating costs

 

(12,368

)

(11,621

)

(747

)

(6

)%

General and administrative expenses

 

(19,148

)

(22,566

)

3,418

 

15

%

Other income/(expense), net

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

 

3,980

 

4,046

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

4,055

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance deductible related to property damage

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

Mark-to-market of open derivative positions

 

(127

)

(138

)

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

15,174

 

14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation to net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

15,174

 

14

%

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

(37,546

)

(33,714

)

(3,832

)

(11

)%

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

 

(7,701

)

(5,354

)

(2,347

)

(44

)%

Equity compensation expense

 

(3,980

)

(4,046

)

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

(4,055

)

 

 

 

 

Insurance deductible related to property damage

 

 

(500

)

 

 

 

 

Mark-to-market of open derivative positions

 

127

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

13,605

 

23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin (5)

 

$

149,934

 

$

132,810

 

$

17,124

 

13

%

Field operating costs/ G&A/ Other

 

(27,531

)

(25,581

)

(1,950

)

(8

)%

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

15,174

 

14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average working storage capacity (Bcf)

 

84

 

71

 

13

 

18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly Operating Metrics ($/Mcf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin (5)

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.16

 

$

(0.01

)

(6

)%

Field operating costs/ G&A /Other

 

(0.03

)

(0.03

)

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.13

 

$

(0.01

)

(8

)%

 


(1)           Certain variance amounts and/or percentages were intentionally omitted.

 

(2)           Includes revenues associated with sales of natural gas through commercial marketing activities.

 

(3)           Includes costs associated with natural gas sold through commercial marketing activities and storage-related costs (including fuel expense) attributable to hub services and merchant storage revenues.

 

(4)           Includes storage-related costs (including fuel expense) attributable to firm storage services revenues.

 

(5)           Net revenue margin equals total revenues less storage-related costs and excludes the impact, if any, of mark-to-market adjustments (unrealized gains and losses) on open derivative positions.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Revenues, Volumes and Related Costs. As noted in the table above, our total revenues and storage-related costs increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “2012 period”) when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “2011 period”). The primary reasons for such increases are the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition on February 9, 2011, results of our commercial optimization company, and incremental revenues attributable to the expansion of our working gas capacity at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities. These and other significant variances related to these periods are discussed in more detail below:

 

·                  Firm storage services — Firm storage services revenues increased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period primarily due to the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition and incremental revenues attributable to the expansion of our working gas capacity at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities.  These increases were partially offset by decreased storage rates on contracts executed to replace expiring contracts on existing capacity and lower fuel in kind revenues, both of which resulted from lower natural gas prices throughout 2011 and into 2012. Also, additional working storage capacity was retained for use by our commercial optimization company in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period.  Revenues generated through the use of storage capacity by our commercial optimization company are reflected as merchant storage revenues when natural gas we own is withdrawn from storage and sold.

 

·                  Hub services and merchant storage — Hub services and merchant storage revenues (which includes revenues from sales of natural gas by our commercial optimization company) increased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period.  Our hub services activities are generally short-term in nature and their timing is influenced by weather, operating disruptions, import activities and other conditions that result in temporary disruptions in supply and demand. The primary reason for the increase in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period is due to an increase in volumes of natural gas sold by our commercial optimization company, partially offset by a decline in natural gas prices in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The volume and timing of natural gas sales by our commercial optimization company are largely driven by market opportunities.

 

·                  Other — Other revenues did not have a significant impact on the comparability of our operating results between the 2012 and the 2011 periods.

 

·                  Storage-related costs — Hub services and merchant storage — Hub services and merchant storage-related costs (which includes costs associated with natural gas sold by our commercial optimization company) increased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The primary reason for the increase in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period is due to an increase in volumes of natural gas sold by our commercial optimization company, partially offset by a decline in natural gas prices in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

·                  Storage-related costs — Firm storage services — Firm storage services related costs decreased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The decrease in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period is primarily due to a reduction in storage and transportation capacity leased from third parties along with lower fuel costs resulting from a decline in natural gas prices in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

Other Costs and Expenses. The significant variances are discussed further below:

 

·                  Field operating costs — Field operating costs increased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The increase is primarily related to the Southern Pines Acquisition and the increase in working gas capacity in-service in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period as a result of our expansion efforts at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities. The 2011 period includes approximately $0.5 million of expense for the property insurance deductible related to the January 2011 operational incident and fire at our Bluewater facility.

 

·                  General and administrative expenses — General and administrative expenses decreased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The 2011 period includes approximately $4.1 million of acquisition-related expenses associated with the Southern Pines Acquisition. Also, the 2012 period reflects an increase in costs associated with the continued expansion of our business and growth in personnel costs, including equity compensation costs. Additionally, we recognized approximately $1.2 million and $2.7 million of equity compensation expense associated with transaction awards granted by PAA during the 2012 and 2011 periods, respectively. Although we will not bear the economic burden of these awards, we benefit from the services underlying these awards.

 

·                  Depreciation, depletion and amortization — Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense increased in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. The increase resulted primarily from an increased amount of depreciable assets resulting from the Southern Pines acquisition and our internal capital expansion projects at our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities. Additionally, amortization of intangible assets acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition was approximately $16.4 million and $14.7 million during the 2012 and 2011 periods, respectively.

 

·                  Interest expense, net of capitalized interest — Interest expense, net of capitalized interest, increased in the 2012 period when compared to the 2011 period. Interest expense, on a gross basis, decreased to approximately $15.0 million in the 2012

 

48


 


Table of Contents

 

period as compared to approximately $16.3 million in the 2011 period due to lower average interest rates and was partially offset by higher average debt balances in the 2012 period as compared to the 2011 period. Capitalized interest decreased from approximately $10.9 million in the 2011 period to approximately $7.3 million in the 2012 period.  The decrease was primarily the result of lower average interest rates and an increase in assets in-service.

 

Year ended December 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010

 

The following table includes our operating results for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (amounts in thousands, except for average working storage capacity and monthly operating metrics):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Favorable/(Unfavorable) Variance(1)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

2011 - 2010

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

$

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Firm storage services

 

$

136,181

 

$

90,965

 

$

45,216

 

50

%

Hub services and merchant storage (2)

 

202,837

 

6,190

 

196,647

 

3,177

%

Other

 

3,946

 

3,132

 

814

 

26

%

Total revenues

 

342,964

 

100,287

 

242,677

 

242

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Storage-related costs - Hub services and merchant storage (3)

 

(191,893

)

(10,035

)

(181,858

)

(1,812

)%

Storage-related costs - Firm storage services (4)

 

(18,123

)

(15,798

)

(2,325

)

(15

)%

Field operating costs

 

(11,621

)

(7,242

)

(4,379

)

(60

)%

General and administrative expenses

 

(22,566

)

(15,965

)

(6,601

)

(41

)%

Other income/(expense), net

 

5

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

 

4,046

 

2,747

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

4,055

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance deductible related to property damage

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark-to-market of open derivative positions

 

(138

)

(370

)

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

$

53,372

 

99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation to net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

$

53,372

 

99

%

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

(33,714

)

(14,119

)

(19,595

)

(139

)%

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest

 

(5,354

)

(7,323

)

1,969

 

27

%

Equity compensation expense

 

(4,046

)

(2,747

)

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related expense

 

(4,055

)

(251

)

 

 

 

 

Insurance deductible related to property damage

 

(500

)

 

 

 

 

 

Mark-to-market of open derivative positions

 

138

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

59,698

 

$

29,787

 

$

29,911

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin (5)

 

$

132,810

 

$

74,084

 

$

58,726

 

79

%

Field operating costs/ G&A /Other

 

(25,581

)

(20,227

)

(5,354

)

(26

)%

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

$

53,372

 

99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average working storage capacity (Bcf)

 

71

 

47

 

24

 

51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly Operating Metrics ($/Mcf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue margin (5)

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.03

 

23

%

Field operating costs/ G&A /Other

 

(0.03

)

(0.04

)

0.01

 

25

%

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

0.13

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.04

 

44

%

 


(1)           Certain variance amounts and/or percentages were intentionally omitted.

 

(2)           Includes revenues associated with sales of natural gas through commercial marketing activities.

 

(3)           Includes costs associated with natural gas sold through commercial marketing activities and storage-related costs (including fuel expense) attributable to hub services and merchant storage revenues.

 

(4)           Includes storage-related costs (including fuel expense) attributable to firm storage services revenues.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

(5)           Net revenue margin equals total revenues less storage-related costs and excludes the impact, if any, of mark-to-market adjustments (unrealized gains and losses) on open derivative positions.

 

Revenues, Volumes and Related Costs. As noted in the table above, our total revenues and storage-related costs increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “2011 period”) when compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 period”). The primary reasons for such increases are the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition on February 9, 2011, results of our commercial optimization company, capacity expansions (including additional working gas of approximately 9 Bcf and 10 Bcf at our Pine Prairie facility during 2011 and 2010, respectively), and additional leasing of capacity on third party transportation assets. These and other significant variances related to these periods are discussed in more detail below:

 

·                  Firm storage services — Firm storage services revenues increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period primarily due to the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition and incremental revenues attributable to the expansion of our working gas capacity at our Pine Prairie facility.

 

·                  Hub services and merchant storage — Hub services and merchant storage revenues (which includes revenues from sales of natural gas by our commercial optimization company) increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period.  Our hub services activities are generally short-term in nature and their timing is influenced by weather, operating disruptions, import activities and other conditions that result in temporary disruptions in supply and demand.  The primary reason for the increase in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period is attributable to activities of our commercial optimization company, which were not significant prior to 2011.  The volume and timing of natural gas sales by our commercial optimization company are largely driven by market opportunities.  Additionally, hub services revenues increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period due to the increase in working gas capacity in-service from 2010 to 2011 and as a result of the Southern Pines Acquisition and our Pine Prairie expansion efforts along with additional usage of capacity leased from third party transportation assets.

 

·                  Other Other revenues did not have a significant impact on the comparability of our operating results between the 2011 and the 2010 periods.

 

·                  Storage-related costs — Hub services and merchant storage — Hub services and merchant storage-related costs (which includes costs associated with natural gas sold by our commercial optimization company) increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period. The primary reason for the increase is attributable to activities of our commercial optimization company, which were not significant prior to 2011, in addition to an increase in leased transportation assets in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period.

 

·                  Storage-related costs — Firm storage services — Firm storage services related costs increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in fuel expense due to additional in-service working gas capacity in 2011 as compared to 2010 as a result of the Southern Pines Acquisition and expansion efforts at our Pine Prairie facility.  This increase was partially offset by a decrease in leased storage capacity in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period.

 

Other Costs and Expenses. The significant variances are discussed further below:

 

·                  Field operating costs — Field operating costs increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period. The increase is primarily related to the increase in working gas capacity in-service from 2010 to 2011 as a result of our expansion efforts at our Pine Prairie facility and the completion of the Southern Pines Acquisition. The 2011 period includes approximately $0.5 million of expense for the property insurance deductible related to the January 2011 operational incident and fire at our Bluewater facility.

 

·                  General and administrative expenses — General and administrative expenses increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period. The increase primarily resulted from the continued expansion of our business and growth in personnel costs, including equity compensation expense and the operation of our commercial optimization group for a full year in 2011, along with additional administrative costs associated with being a public company for a full year in 2011. Additionally, during the 2011 period we recognized approximately $2.7 million of equity compensation expense associated with awards granted by PAA compared to approximately $1.5 million in the 2010 period. Although we will not bear the economic burden of these awards, we benefit from the services underlying these awards. The 2011 period also includes approximately $4.1 million of acquisition and integration costs incurred in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition. The 2010 period includes non-recurring costs of approximately $2.4 million associated with acquisition evaluation expenses, the start-up of our commercial optimization group and general and administrative expenses associated with our initial public offering efforts.

 

·                  Depreciation, depletion and amortization — Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense increased in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period. The increase resulted primarily from an increased amount of depreciable assets

 

50



Table of Contents

 

resulting from the Southern Pines acquisition and our internal growth projects, including the additional 9 Bcf and 10 Bcf of storage capacity placed into service at our Pine Prairie facility in April 2011 and April 2010, respectively. Additionally, amortization of intangible assets acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition was approximately $14.7 million during the 2011 period.

 

·                  Interest expense, net of capitalized interest — Interest expense, net of capitalized interest, decreased in the 2011 period when compared to the 2010 period. Interest expense, on a gross basis, increased to approximately $16.3 million in the 2011 period as compared to approximately $14.9 million in the 2010 period. The increase principally resulted from an increase in average outstanding debt balances in the 2011 period as compared to the 2010 period and was partially offset by a decrease in average interest rates in the 2011 period as compared to 2010 period. Capitalized interest was approximately $10.9 million and $7.6 million in the 2011 and 2010 periods, respectively. Capitalized interest increased primarily due to an increase in assets not yet in service as a result of the Southern Pines Acquisition.

 

Outlook

 

Overall market conditions during the year ended December 31, 2012 for both hub services and firm storage services were comparable to those during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, current rolling seasonal spreads (October to January), which are a proxy for the current intrinsic value of storage, ranged from $0.36 to $0.81, compared to $0.37 to $0.63 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Over the past ten years, seasonal spreads ranged from $0.19-$4.74. Seasonal spreads for 2013-2014 and 2014-2015, which influence the rates at which we will be able to contract firm storage capacity in future years, have ranged from $0.35 to $0.48. Volatility levels, which impact the value we are able to realize on a short-term basis from our hub service and merchant storage activities, increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011. However, the higher volatility is somewhat offset by soft market conditions. Driven largely by the robust supply of natural gas, both in terms of natural gas storage inventory levels and the production from shale resources, recent increases in volatility levels have not resulted in a sizable increase in spread opportunities. In general, our outlook presumes that these fundamental trends will continue.

 

We believe our asset base, contract profile, financial position and economically attractive expansion projects will enable us to substantially maintain our cash flows for the next several years in these current market conditions. Also, we are reasonably well positioned to develop low cost organic expansions and to acquire other assets if favorable market conditions exist. However, if gas storage market conditions decline further, in addition to adversely affecting hub services activities, they may also adversely impact the lease rates our customers are willing to pay for firm storage services with respect to new capacity under construction, as well as renewals of existing capacity upon expirations of existing term leases, many of which are at rates above current market levels. Accordingly, although a significant portion of our existing capacity is underpinned by multi-year firm storage contracts, we can provide no assurance that our operating and financial results will not be adversely impacted by adverse overall market conditions. In addition, we can provide no assurances that our organic growth and acquisition efforts will be successful.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Our primary cash requirements include, but are not limited to (i) ordinary course of business uses, such as the payment of amounts related to storage costs incurred, natural gas purchases and other operating and general and administrative expenses, interest payments on our outstanding debt and distributions to our owners, (ii) maintenance and expansion capital expenditures, including purchases of base gas, (iii) acquisitions of assets or businesses and (iv) repayment of principal on our long-term debt. We generally expect to fund our short-term cash requirements through our primary sources of liquidity, which consist of our cash flow generated from operations as well as borrowings under our credit agreement. In addition, we generally expect to fund our long-term needs, such as those resulting from expansion activities or acquisitions, through a variety of sources (either separately or in combination), which may include operating cash flows, borrowings under our credit facilities, and/or proceeds from the issuance of additional equity or debt securities.

 

Credit Agreement

 

In August 2011, we entered into a senior unsecured credit agreement, which was amended in June 2012 (See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion). As amended, the facility provides for (i) $350 million under a revolving credit facility, which may be increased at our option to $550 million (subject to receipt of additional or increased lender commitments) and (ii) two $100 million term loan facilities (the “GO Bond Term Loans”) pursuant to the purchase, at par, of the GO Bonds we acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition. The revolving credit facility expires in August 2016, unless extended. The purchasers of the two GO Bond Term Loans have the right to put, at par, to PNG the GO Bond Term Loans in August 2016, unless extended. The GO Bonds mature by their terms in May 2032 and August 2035, respectively.

 

Our credit agreement contains covenants and events of default. Our credit agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to make distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or event of default, as defined in the credit agreement, exists or would

 

51



Table of Contents

 

result therefrom. In addition, the credit agreement contains restrictive covenants, including those that restrict our ability to grant liens, incur additional indebtedness, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, engage in substantially unrelated businesses, sell substantially all of our assets or enter into a merger or consolidation, and enter into certain burdensome agreements. In addition, the credit agreement contains certain financial covenants which, among other things, require us to maintain a debt-to-EBITDA coverage ratio that will not be greater than 5.00 to 1.00 on outstanding debt (5.50 to 1.00 during an acquisition period) and also require that we maintain an EBITDA-to-interest coverage ratio that will not be less than 3.00 to 1.00, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement.

 

At December 31, 2012, borrowings of approximately $382.1 million were outstanding under our credit agreement, which includes approximately $182.1 million under the revolving credit facility. Additionally, we had approximately $10,000 of outstanding letters of credit under our revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants, including the financial ratios, contained in our credit agreement. Based on the most restrictive covenant, at December 31, 2012 our incremental borrowing ability under our credit agreement was limited to approximately $141 million. Notably, the restriction on debt incurrence does not limit our ability to incur hedged inventory debt. Also, the formula for determining EBITDA in the context of the financial ratios allows for inclusion of pro forma EBITDA arising from certain capital investments, including for acquisitions and certain capital expenditures related to our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines expansions. We believe our credit facility and available debt capacity is adequate to fund our current capital program.

 

PAA Financial Support

 

PAA may elect, but is not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate PAA’s ability to provide us with financial support while reducing concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain potential financing transactions between PAA and us as fair to our unitholders. As further defined in our partnership agreement, potential PAA financial support can include, but is not limited to, (i) our issuance of common units to PAA, (ii) our borrowing of funds from PAA or (iii) guaranties or trade credit support provided by PAA to support the ongoing operations of us or our subsidiaries. We have no obligation to seek financing or support from PAA or to accept such financing or support if offered to us. In connection with the purchase of natural gas by our dedicated commercial marketing group, approximately $15 million of parental guarantees issued by PAA on behalf of PNG Marketing were outstanding as of December 31, 2012. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

Our current sources of liquidity include:

 

·                  cash generated from operations;

 

·                  borrowings under our credit agreement;

 

·                  issuances of additional partnership units; and

 

·                  debt offerings.

 

We believe that cash generated from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements, long-term capital expenditure requirements, and quarterly cash distributions to unitholders.

 

We have filed with the SEC a universal shelf registration statement that, subject to effectiveness at the time of use, allows us to issue up to an aggregate of $1.0 billion of debt or equity securities (“Traditional Shelf”). We have not issued any securities under the Traditional Shelf.

 

To maintain our targeted credit profile, we generally intend to fund approximately 60% of the capital required for future expansion projects with equity and cash flow in excess of distributions.

 

For a discussion of the impact that the price of natural gas might have on our operations and liquidity and capital resources, See Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 

Working Capital

 

Working capital, defined as the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities, is an indication of our liquidity and potential need for short-term funding. Our working capital requirements are driven primarily by changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable, natural gas inventory balances and short-term debt. These changes are primarily affected by factors such as credit extended to, and the timing of collections from, our customers and the timing and amount of natural gas purchases and sales

 

52



Table of Contents

 

(included settlement of applicable derivative positions) by our commercial optimization company. As of December 31, 2012 we had a working capital deficit of approximately $9.9 million.

 

Historical Cash Flow Information

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

104,452

 

$

43,894

 

$

44,361

 

Investing activities

 

(59,504

)

(810,274

)

(103,580

)

Financing activities

 

(44,794

)

766,530

 

 

56,441

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

 

$

154

 

$

150

 

$

(2,778

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

 

Operating Activities. The primary drivers of cash flow from our operations are (i) the collection of amounts related to the storage and sales of natural gas (including settlement of applicable derivative positions), and (ii) the payment of amounts related to purchases of natural gas (including settlement of applicable derivative positions) and expenses, principally storage and transportation related costs, field operating costs and general and administrative expenses. Cash provided by operating activities is significantly impacted in periods where we are increasing or decreasing the amount of inventory owned by our commercial optimization company in storage. In the month that we pay for stored natural gas, we borrow under our credit facility to pay for the natural gas, which negatively impacts our operating cash flow. Conversely, cash flow from operating activities increases during the period in which we collect the cash from the sale of the stored natural gas.   Our cash flow from operating activities is also impacted by the timing and amount of settlements related to derivative positions associated with purchases and sales of natural gas through our commercial optimization company. During 2012 our cash generated from our recurring operations increased over 2011 primarily due to the period over period increase in our earnings and timing of activities conducted by our commercial optimization company.  Our commercial optimization company (which did not have any significant operating activity prior to 2011) significantly increased its natural gas inventory levels over the course of 2011 and a significant portion of its 2011 sales occurred in December 2011, with our cash collections on these sales occurring in January 2012.

 

Investing Activities. Our investing activities for each of the periods listed above primarily relate to the continued expansion of our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities (since its acquisition in 2011) and the acquisition of the related base gas required to operate the facilities. The 2011 period includes the Southern Pines Acquisition which closed in February 2011 for total consideration of approximately $765 million (approximately $750 million, net of cash and other working capital acquired).

 

Financing Activities. Our financing activities for each of the periods listed above primarily relate to the funding of the investing activities discussed above along with the funding of purchases of hedged natural gas inventory and the payment of distributions to our equity owners. To fund these expenditures we utilized operating cash flows, borrowings under our available credit facilities and proceeds from equity issuances. To fund the Southern Pines Acquisition in 2011, we issued an additional 27.6 million common units for total proceeds of approximately $600 million, including PAA’s proportionate general partner contribution, and borrowed approximately $200 million from PAA.

 

Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures and Distributions to our Unitholders and General Partner

 

In addition to our operating activities discussed above, we also use cash for our acquisition activities, internal growth projects and distributions paid to our unitholders and general partner. We have made and will continue to make capital expenditures for acquisitions, expansion capital and maintenance capital. Historically, we have financed these expenditures primarily with cash generated by operations and the financing activities discussed above.

 

Acquisitions. The price of acquisitions includes cash paid, assumed liabilities and net working capital items.  Because of the non-cash items included in the total price of acquisition and timing of certain cash payments, the net cash paid may differ significantly from the total price of acquisitions completed in a year.

 

Capital Expenditures. We currently forecast expansion capital expenditures for 2013 of approximately $40 million to $44 million (including capitalized interest), primarily related to the ongoing expansion of our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities and the related base gas required to operate the facilities. We expect to fund our capital expenditures with cash generated from operations and borrowings under our credit agreement. Additionally, we are forecasting approximately $0.6 million of maintenance capital expenditures in 2013.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Distributions to Unitholders and General Partner. We distribute 100% of our available cash within 45 days after the end of each quarter to unitholders of record and to our general partner. Available cash is generally defined as all of our cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of each quarter less reserves established in the discretion of our general partner for future requirements. On February 14, 2013, we paid a quarterly distribution of $0.3575 per unit on our common units and Series A subordinated units.

 

Contingencies

 

For a discussion of contingencies that may impact us, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Commitments

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of doing business, we lease storage and transportation capacity from third parties, incur debt and interest payments and enter into purchase commitments in conjunction with our operations and our capital expansion program. Additionally, we purchase natural gas from third parties for both commercial and operational purposes. We establish a margin on gas purchased for commercial purposes by entering into various types of physical and financial sale and exchange transactions through which we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand and sales and future delivery obligations on the other. The table below includes purchase obligations related to these activities. We do not expect to use a significant amount of internal capital on a long-term basis to meet these obligations, as the obligations will be funded by corresponding sales to entities that we deem creditworthy.

 

The following table includes our best estimate of the amount and timing of these payments, as well as others due under the specified contractual obligations, as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

 

 

 

Total

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

Thereafter

 

Long-term debt, interest and fees(1)

 

$

547.1

 

$

14.2

 

$

14.2

 

$

209.4

 

$

309.3

 

$

 

$

 

Storage / transportation agreements and leases

 

27.8

 

12.5

 

6.8

 

4.3

 

2.3

 

1.9

 

 

Purchase obligations(2)

 

17.3

 

3.7

 

1.9

 

1.8

 

1.9

 

1.9

 

6.1

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

1.5

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

$

593.7

 

$

31.2

 

$

23.3

 

$

215.7

 

$

313.6

 

$

3.8

 

$

6.1

 

Natural gas purchases (3) 

 

162.2

 

131.7

 

21.7

 

5.0

 

3.8

 

 

 

Total

 

$

755.9

 

$

162.9

 

$

45.0

 

$

220.7

 

$

317.4

 

$

3.8

 

$

6.1

 

 


(1)                      Includes interest payments and commitment fees on our senior unsecured credit agreement and note payable to PAA.

 

(2)           Primarily includes amounts related to utility contracts and capital expansion activities.

 

(3)                      Amounts are based on estimated volumes and market prices of committed obligations as of December 31, 2012. The actual physical volume purchased and actual settlement prices will vary from the assumptions used in the table. Uncertainties involved in these estimates include weather conditions, changes in market prices and other conditions beyond our control.

 

Letters of Credit and Parental Guarantees. Our $550 million senior unsecured credit agreement provides us with the ability to issue letters of credit. In connection with our use of certain leased storage and transportation assets and the purchase of natural gas by our dedicated commercial marketing group, we have periodically provided certain suppliers and counterparties with irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure our obligations for such purchases. Our liabilities with respect to these purchase obligations are recorded in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet in the month the services are provided or when we take delivery of the natural gas purchased. In certain instances, parental guarantees have been provided by PAA in lieu of letters of credit. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $10,000 of outstanding letters of credit under our credit agreement. Additionally, approximately $15 million of parental guarantees issued by PAA on behalf of PNG Marketing were outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by Item 303 of Regulation S-K.

 

Item 7A.                                  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including commodity price risk and interest rate risk.  We use various derivative instruments to manage such risks. Our risk management policies and procedures are designed to help ensure that our hedging activities address our risks by monitoring exchange cleared positions, as well as physical volumes, locations, delivery schedules and storage capacity. We have a risk management function that has direct responsibility and authority for our risk policies, related controls around commercial activities and certain aspects of corporate risk management. Our risk management function also approves all new risk management strategies through a formal process. The following discussion addresses each category of risk.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

We utilize derivatives to hedge commodity price risk inherent in our operations. Our objectives for these derivatives include hedging anticipated purchases and sales of natural gas, stored inventory, anticipated crude oil sales and to manage our anticipated base gas requirements and storage capacity utilization associated with natural gas or the related storage of natural gas.  We manage these exposures with various instruments, including exchange-cleared futures, swaps and options.  See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our hedging strategies and objectives.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We utilize interest rate derivatives to hedge interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt.  Our objective for these derivatives is to hedge the cash flow variability associated with our interest payments as a result of market fluctuations in interest rates.  We manage these exposures with over-the-counter, LIBOR-based interest rate swaps.  See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our hedging strategies and objectives.

 

The fair value of our derivatives as of December 31, 2012 and the change in fair value that would be expected from a 10% price/rate increase or decrease is shown in the table below (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of 10%

 

Effect of 10%

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Increase (1)

 

Decrease (1)

 

Natural gas derivatives

 

$

7.7

 

$

(3.7

)

$

3.7

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

$

(0.9

)

$

0.1

 

$

(0.1

)

 


(1)                   Positive numbers reflect an increase in fair value and negative numbers reflect a decrease in fair value.

 

The fair values presented in the table above reflect the sensitivity of the derivative instruments only and do not include the effect of the underlying hedged commodity. Commodity and interest rate sensitivities were calculated by assuming an across-the-board 10% increase or decrease. In the event of an actual 10% change in near-term commodity prices or interest rates, the fair value of our derivative portfolio would typically change less than that shown in a table, as commodity prices and interest rates do not typically change in a linear fashion.

 

Item 8.                          Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

See “Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1.

 

Item 9.                          Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain written “disclosure controls and procedures,” which we refer to as our “DCP.” Our DCP is designed to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Applicable SEC rules require an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our DCP. Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our DCP as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this review, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have found our DCP to be effective in providing reasonable assurance of the timely recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information, and in accumulation and communication of information to management to allow for timely decisions with regard to required disclosure.

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. “Internal control over financial reporting” is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the

 

55



Table of Contents

 

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and have found our process to be effective. See “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” on page F-2.

 

Although we have made various enhancements to our controls, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Certifications

 

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) are filed with this report as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 are furnished with this report as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2.

 

Item 9B.                                  Other Information

 

There was no information that was required to be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2012 that has not previously been reported.

 

56


 


Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10.                                    Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

 

Partnership Management and Governance

 

Our general partner manages our operations and activities and we do not directly have officers, directors or employees. The directors of our general partner oversee our operations. Unitholders are not entitled to elect our general partner or the directors of our general partner and do not participate in the management of our operations. Our partnership agreement limits any fiduciary duties our general partner might owe to our unitholders. As a general partner, our general partner is liable for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are made specifically non-recourse to it. Our general partner has the discretion to incur indebtedness or other obligations on our behalf on a non-recourse basis to the general partner.  Our general partner has in the past exercised such discretion, in most instances involving payment liability, and we expect that it will do so in the future.

 

We are majority owned and controlled by PAA and our assets, liabilities and results of operations are consolidated in PAA’s financial statements. During 2012, our contribution to adjusted EBITDA represented less than 6% of PAA’s consolidated adjusted EBITDA. The officers of our general partner are employed by PAA’s general partner and manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Certain of our officers devote substantially all of their time to managing our business, while other officers have responsibilities for both us and PAA and devote the majority of their time to PAA’s other business activities. We also utilize a significant number of employees of PAA’s general partner to operate our business and provide us with general and administrative services.

 

We have entered into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we agreed upon certain aspects of our relationship with them, including the provision by PAA’s general partner to us of certain general and administrative services and employees, our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for the cost of such services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the use by us of the name “PAA” and related marks, and other matters. The omnibus agreement does not increase or decrease our general partner’s fiduciary duties to us under our partnership agreement. See Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for additional information regarding the omnibus agreement.

 

PAA is the sole member of our general partner and has the right to elect all seven members to the board of directors of our general partner. At least three of the members of our general partner’s board of directors must be “independent” (as defined in applicable NYSE and SEC rules) and eligible to serve on the audit committee. In evaluating director candidates, PAA will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are commensurate with the board’s responsibilities of managing and directing the affairs and business of the partnership, including, when applicable, enhancement of the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

 

The board has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of chairman and CEO. Currently, both positions are held by the CEO of PAA, and PAA owns all of the equity interests of our general partner and is a majority equity holder in us. We do not have a lead independent director. Directors of our general partner are designated or elected by its sole member, PAA. Accordingly, unlike holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business or governance, subject only to any specific unitholder rights contained in our partnership agreement. PAA has determined that the combined offices of Chairman and CEO represent an efficient and effective arrangement and that our leadership structure is appropriate in light of our ownership structure.

 

The management of enterprise-level risk (ELR) may be defined as the process of identification, management and monitoring of events that present opportunities and risks with respect to creation of value for our unitholders. The board has delegated to management the primary responsibility for ELR management, while the board has retained responsibility for oversight of management in that regard. Management provides an ELR assessment to the board at least once every year.

 

Non-Management Executive Sessions and Shareholder Communications

 

NYSE listing standards require regular executive sessions of the non-management directors of a listed company, and an executive session for independent directors at least once a year. Under the NYSE definition, only the members of our audit committee qualify as “non-management” as well as “independent.” Accordingly, our audit committee routinely holds discussions with no other directors or members of management present. These sessions are led by Mr. Burk, chairman of the audit committee. The board also routinely holds executive sessions that exclude those directors and officers who devote substantially all of their time to managing our business. Our non-management directors and those directors who are also officers, but who devote the majority of their time to PAA’s other business activities, attend these sessions.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Interested parties can communicate directly with non-management directors by mail in care of the Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary or in care of the Vice President of Internal Audit at PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P., 333 Clay Street, Suite 1500, Houston, Texas 77002. Such communications should specify the intended recipient or recipients. Commercial solicitations or communications will not be forwarded.

 

Independence Determination and Audit Committee

 

Because we are a limited partnership, the listing standards of the NYSE do not require that we or our general partner have a majority of independent directors. We are, however, required to have an audit committee of at least three members, and all of its members are required to be independent as defined by the NYSE.

 

Pursuant to the NYSE listing standards, a director will be considered independent if the board determines that he or she does not have a material relationship with our general partner or us (either directly or indirectly as a partner, unitholder or officer of an organization that has a material relationship with our general partner or us) and otherwise meets the board’s stated criteria for independence. The NYSE listing standards specify the criteria by which the independence of directors will be determined, including guidelines for directors and their immediate family members with respect to employment or affiliation with us or with our independent public accountants.

 

We have an audit committee that reviews our external financial reporting, engages our independent auditors, and reviews the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The charter of our audit committee is available on our website. See “— Meetings and Other Information” for information on how to access or obtain copies of this charter. The board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee (Messrs. Burk, Shackouls and Smith) is “independent” under applicable NYSE rules and that Messrs. Burk and Smith are each an “Audit Committee Financial Expert,” as that term is defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K.

 

In determining the independence of the members of our audit committee, the board of directors considered the relationships described below:

 

Victor Burk, chairman of our audit committee, is a managing director of Alvarez and Marsal, Inc., a business consulting firm that provides services from time to time to PAA and its affiliates, but not to PNG. Mr. Burk does not participate financially in the fees paid by PAA to Alvarez and Marsal. The board of directors of our general partner has determined that this relationship does not compromise the independence of Mr. Burk.

 

Bobby S. Shackouls, a member of our audit committee, has no relationship with us or our general partner, other than as a director.

 

Arthur L. Smith, a member of our audit committee, has no relationship with us or our general partner, other than as a director. Mr. Smith served on the board of directors of the general partner of PAA from February 1999 through December 2010.

 

For additional information regarding the experience and qualifications of our directors, see the biographical descriptions under “— Directors, Executive Officers and Other Officers of our General Partner” below.

 

Other Committees

 

Applicable NYSE listing standards do not require that we or our general partner have a compensation or nominating committee. Our general partner’s board of directors performs the functions of a compensation committee and administers our Long Term Incentive Plan and other equity and executive compensation plans. The board of directors has the sole authority to retain any compensation consultants to be used to assist the board, but did not retain any consultants in 2012. Similarly, the board of directors has not delegated any of its authority to subcommittees. The board of directors has delegated limited authority to the CEO to administer our Long-Term Incentive Plan with respect to employees other than executive officers.

 

Our partnership agreement provides for the establishment or activation of a conflicts committee, as circumstances warrant, to review conflicts of interest between us and our general partner or between us and PAA or its affiliates. Such a committee would consist of a minimum of two members, none of whom can be (i) an officer or employee of our general partner, (ii) a holder of any ownership interest in us, our subsidiaries, our general partner or its affiliates (other than (a) our common units or (b) other awards granted to such director under our LTIP) or (iii) an officer, director or employee of any affiliate of our general partner or any associate of such affiliate, and each of whom must meet the independence standards for service on an audit committee established by the NYSE and the SEC. A director will not be precluded from serving on such committee due to the ownership of common units of PAA or other indirect interests of our general partner unless the board of directors of our general partner determines, after taking into account the totality of the specific circumstances involving such director, that such ownership will likely have an adverse impact on the ability of such director to act in an independent manner with respect to the matter submitted to the conflicts committee. Our partnership agreement provides that any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners, and not a breach by our general partner of any duties owed to us or our unitholders.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Meetings and Other Information

 

During the last fiscal year, our board of directors had five meetings and our audit committee had five meetings. None of our directors attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board on which the director served.

 

As discussed above, the corporate governance of our general partner is, in effect, the corporate governance of our partnership and directors of our general partner are designated or elected by the sole member of our general partner, PAA. Accordingly, unlike holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business or governance, subject in all cases to any specific unitholder rights contained in our partnership agreement. As a result, we do not hold annual meetings of unitholders.

 

Our Audit Committee Charter and Governance Guidelines, as well as our Code of Business Conduct and our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, are available on our Internet website at http://www.pnglp.com. We intend to disclose any amendment to or waiver of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any waiver of our Code of Business Conduct on behalf of an executive officer or director either on our Internet website or in an 8-K filing.

 

Audit Committee Report

 

The audit committee of our general partner oversees the Partnership’s financial reporting process on behalf of the board of directors. Management has the primary responsibility for the financial statements and the reporting process including the systems of internal controls.

 

In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the audit committee reviewed and discussed with management the audited financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Partnership’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is responsible for expressing an opinion on the conformity of the audited financial statements with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The audit committee reviewed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP the firm’s judgment as to the quality, not just the acceptability, of the Partnership’s accounting principles and such other matters as are required to be discussed with the audit committee under generally accepted auditing standards.

 

The audit committee discussed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP the matters required to be discussed by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 61, as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The committee received written disclosures and the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s communications with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP its independence from management and the Partnership.

 

Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the audit committee recommended to the board of directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for filing with the SEC.

 

 

Victor Burk, Chairman

 

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

Arthur L. Smith

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Officers of Our General Partner

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers, directors, and certain other officers of our general partner. Directors are appointed for a term of one year and hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Officers serve at the discretion of the board. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Some of our directors and executive officers also serve as directors or executive officers of PAA.

 

Name

 

Age (as of
12/31/2012)

 

Position with Our General
Partner

Greg L. Armstrong*

 

54

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Harry N. Pefanis*

 

55

 

Vice Chairman and Director

Dean Liollio*

 

54

 

President and Director

Al Swanson*

 

48

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

Benjamin J. Reese

 

56

 

Senior Vice President — Commercial

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Name

 

Age (as of
12/31/2012)

 

Position with Our General
Partner

Todd Brown

 

47

 

Vice President — Optimization

Richard K. McGee*

 

51

 

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Dan Noack

 

42

 

Vice President — Operations

Donald C. O’Shea*

 

42

 

Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Victor Burk

 

63

 

Director and Member of Audit Committee**

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

62

 

Director and Member of Audit Committee

Arthur L. Smith

 

60

 

Director and Member of Audit Committee

 


*                          Indicates an “executive officer” for purposes of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

**                   Indicates chairman of committee.

 

Greg L. Armstrong has served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director of our general partner since January 2010 and as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director of PAA’s general partner since PAA’s formation in 1998. In addition, he was President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Plains Resources Inc. from 1992 to May 2001. He previously served Plains Resources as President and Chief Operating Officer from October to December 1992; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from June to October 1992; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1991 to 1992; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1984 to 1991; Corporate Secretary from 1981 to 1988; and Treasurer from 1984 to 1987. Mr. Armstrong is also a director and Chairman Pro Tem of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, Houston Branch, and a director of National Oilwell Varco, Inc. Mr. Armstrong previously served as a director of BreitBurn Energy Partners, L.P. Mr. Armstrong is also a member of the advisory board of the Maguire Energy Institute at the Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University, the National Petroleum Council and the Foundation for The Council on Alcohol and Drugs Houston. We believe that Mr. Armstrong’s experience as chairman of the board and chief executive officer of PAA and his extensive knowledge of the energy industry brings substantial experience and leadership skills to the board.

 

Harry N. Pefanis has served as Vice Chairman and Director of our general partner since January 2010 and as President and Chief Operating Officer of PAA’s general partner since PAA’s formation in 1998. In addition, he was Executive Vice President — Midstream of Plains Resources from May 1998 to May 2001. He previously served Plains Resources as Senior Vice President from February 1996 until May 1998; Vice President — Products Marketing from 1988 to February 1996; Manager of Products Marketing from 1987 to 1988; and Special Assistant for Corporate Planning from 1983 to 1987. Mr. Pefanis was also President of several former midstream subsidiaries of Plains Resources until PAA’s formation. Mr. Pefanis is also a director of Settoon Towing, LLC. We believe that Mr. Pefanis’ extensive energy industry background, particularly the six years he has spent serving as part of the management team of PAA’s natural gas storage business, brings important experience and skill to the board.

 

Dean Liollio has served as President and Director of our general partner since January 2010. He has served as President of PAA’s natural gas storage business since November 2008. Prior to joining PAA’s natural gas storage business, Mr. Liollio served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Energy South, Inc. from August 2006 until its acquisition by Sempra in October 2008. He previously spent 23 years at Centerpoint Energy, most recently serving as Division President and COO of Southern Gas Operations. We believe that Mr. Liollio’s more than 25 years of experience in the energy industry, most notably his experience managing natural gas storage operations, including as a director and chief executive officer of a public natural gas storage company, provides a critical resource and skill set to the board.

 

Al Swanson has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of our general partner since July 2011 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAA’s general partner since February 2011. He previously served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of our general partner from January 2010 until July 2011, as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAA’s general partner from November 2008 until February 2011, as Senior Vice President — Finance of PAA’s general partner from August 2008 until November 2008 and as Senior Vice President — Finance and Treasurer from August 2007 until August 2008. He served as Vice President — Finance and Treasurer of PAA’s general partner from August 2005 to August 2007, as Vice President and Treasurer from February 2004 to August 2005 and as Treasurer from May 2001 to February 2004. In addition, he held finance related positions at Plains Resources including Treasurer from February 2001 to May 2001 and Director of Treasury from November 2000 to February 2001. Prior to joining Plains Resources, he served as Treasurer of Santa Fe Snyder Corporation from 1999 to October 2000 and in various capacities at Snyder Oil Corporation including Director of Corporate Finance from 1998, Controller — SOCO Offshore, Inc. from 1997, and Accounting Manager from 1992. Mr. Swanson began his career with Apache Corporation in 1986 serving in internal audit and accounting. Mr. Swanson has more than 25 years of experience in the energy industry, serving a number of public companies in the areas of finance, treasury, accounting and internal audit. We believe that this extensive background, coupled with his expertise as chief financial officer of PAA, lends significant financial and accounting experience and skill to the board.

 

Benjamin J. Reese has served as Senior Vice President — Commercial of our general partner since June 2010. Mr. Reese has 30 years of experience in the natural gas industry. Prior to joining PNG, he was President of Sempra Midstream since October 2008.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

From 2007 to October 2008, Mr. Reese served as President and Chief Operating Officer of EnergySouth Midstream, Inc. — the natural gas storage, pipeline transportation and midstream services subsidiary of EnergySouth, Inc., which was acquired by Sempra in October 2008. From 1998 to 2007, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer for CenterPoint Energy. Prior to joining CenterPoint Energy, Mr. Reese spent 18 years in positions of increasing responsibility with USX-Delhi Pipelines and successor companies. Mr. Reese is a former board member of the National Energy Services Association and a current board member of the Southern Gas Association.

 

Todd Brown has served as Vice President — Optimization of our general partner since June 2010. Mr. Brown has over 20 years of experience in the natural gas industry. Prior to joining PNG, he was Vice President—Commercial of Sempra Pipelines & Storage since October 2008. From 2007 to October 2008, Mr. Brown served as Vice President—Commercial of EnergySouth Midstream, Inc. From 2003 to 2007, he served as Vice President—Natural Gas Trading for CenterPoint Energy. From 1988 to 2003, Mr. Brown served in various capacities in the natural gas businesses of several companies, including Mirant, Coral Energy, USX-Delhi Pipelines, Lone Star Gas and Santa Fe Minerals.

 

Richard K. McGee has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner since March 2012 and served as Vice President — Legal and Business Development and Secretary from September 2009 until March 2012. Since February 2013, Mr. McGee has also served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PAA’s general partner. Additionally, he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PAA’s general partner from March 2012 until February 2013 and he served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of PAA’s general partner from August 2011 until March 2012. From January 1999 to July 2009, he was employed by Duke Energy, serving as President of Duke Energy International from October 2001 through July 2009 and serving as general counsel of Duke Energy Services from January 1999 through September 2001. He previously spent 12 years at Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., where he was a partner with a focus on acquisitions, divestitures and development work for various clients in the energy industry.

 

Dan Noack has served as Vice President — Operations of our general partner since January 2010. He has served as Vice President of Operations of PAA’s natural gas storage business since July 2008. Most recently, from January 2005 until June 2008, he served as storage manager for Energy Transfer Partners responsible for their three storage assets and 76 Bcf of working gas capacity, and from January 2002 until December 2004, he served as a storage consultant for El Paso Field Services (GulfTerra) responsible for their eight storage assets, 26 cavern wells, 23 Bcf of working gas capacity and 40 MMbbls of liquid storage capacity.

 

Donald C. O’Shea has served as Controller of our general partner since February 2010 and as Chief Accounting Officer since August 2010. Previously he served as Director, Special Projects of PAA’s general partner from November 2009 to January 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. O’Shea spent 15 years working for the accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

Victor Burk has served as a Director of our general partner since April 2010. Since April 2009, Mr. Burk has been a Managing Director for Alvarez and Marsal, a privately owned professional services firm. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. Burk was the global energy practice leader for Spencer Stuart, a privately owned executive recruiting firm. Prior to joining Spencer Stuart, Mr. Burk served as managing partner of Deloitte & Touche’s global oil and natural gas group from 2002 to 2005. He began his professional career in 1972 with Arthur Andersen and served as managing partner of Arthur Andersen’s global oil and natural gas group from 1989 until 2002. Mr. Burk is on the board of directors of EV Management, LLC, the general partner of the general partner of EV Energy Partners, L.P., a publicly traded limited partnership engaged in the acquisition, development and production of oil and natural gas. Mr. Burk also serves as a board member of the Independent Petroleum Association of America (Southeast Texas Region) and the Sam Houston Area Council of the Boy Scouts of America. He received a BBA in Accounting from Stephen F. Austin State University, graduating with highest honors. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Burk is “independent” under applicable NYSE rules and qualifies as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.” We believe that Mr. Burk’s background, spanning over 30 years of extensive public accounting and consulting in the energy industry, coupled with his demonstrated leadership abilities, brings valuable expertise and insight to the board.

 

Bobby S. Shackouls has served as a Director of our general partner since April 2010. Mr. Shackouls served as Chairman of Burlington Resources Inc. from 1997 until its acquisition by ConocoPhillips in 2006, and continued to serve as a director until his retirement in May 2011. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Burlington Resources from 1995 until 2006. Mr. Shackouls currently serves as a director of The Kroger Co. and Oasis Petroleum. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Shackouls is “independent” under applicable NYSE rules. We believe that Mr. Shackouls’ extensive experience within the energy industry offers valuable perspective and, in tandem with his long history of leadership as the CEO of a public company, make him highly qualified to serve as a member of the board.

 

Arthur L. Smith has served as a Director of our general partner since December 2010. Mr. Smith is President and Managing Member of Triple Double Advisors, LLC, an investment advisory firm focused on the energy industry. Mr. Smith was Chairman and CEO of John S. Herold, Inc. (a petroleum research and consulting firm) from 1984 to 2007. From 1976 to 1984, Mr. Smith was a securities analyst with Argus Research Corp., The First Boston Corporation and Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. Mr. Smith holds the Chartered Financial Analyst, or CFA, designation. He is a director of Pioneer Natural Resources GP LLC, the general partner of Pioneer Southwest Energy Partners, L.P., and he served as a director of Plains All American GP LLC, the general partner of PAA,

 

61



Table of Contents

 

from February 1999 until December 2010. Mr. Smith received a BA from Duke University and an MBA from NYU’s Stern School of Business. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Smith is “independent” under applicable NYSE rules and qualifies as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.” In addition to his qualifications as an Audit Committee Financial Expert, Mr. Smith has more than 30 years of extensive and intensive experience in the energy sector as an oil analyst, prior board member (Parker & Parsley Petroleum Company, Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, Evergreen Resources, Inc. and the New York Society of Security Analysts) and industry observer. We believe that his acute knowledge of the industry and his executive background provide a critical resource and skill set to the Board.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires directors, executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities to file with the SEC and the NYSE initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of such equity securities. Such persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Such reports are accessible on or through our Internet website at http://www.pnglp.com.

 

Based solely upon a review of the copies of Forms 3 and 4 furnished to us, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no Forms 5 were required, we believe that our executive officers and directors complied with all filing requirements with respect to transactions in our equity securities during 2012.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Item 11.                                    Executive Compensation

 

Compensation Committee Report

 

Our general partner’s board of directors performs the functions of a compensation committee. The board of directors has reviewed and discussed with management the compensation discussion and analysis contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on those reviews and discussions, the board of directors has recommended that the compensation discussion and analysis be included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for filing with the SEC.

 

 

Greg L. Armstrong

 

Victor Burk

 

Dean Liollio

 

Harry N. Pefanis

 

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

Arthur L. Smith

 

Al Swanson

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Our general partner’s board of directors performs the functions of a compensation committee. Mr. Armstrong is a director, and Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis and Swanson are executive officers, of the general partner of PAA. Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis, Liollio and Swanson are officers of the company. All directors, including Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis, Liollio and Swanson, participated in deliberations of the board concerning executive compensation during the last fiscal year; however, Mr. Liollio was not a participant in certain portions of the meetings during the discussion of his compensation.

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Background

 

All of our executive officers and other personnel necessary for our business to function are employed and compensated by PAA’s general partner, subject to reimbursement by us. We and our general partner were formed in January 2010, therefore, we incurred no cost or liability with respect to compensation of our executive officers, nor has our general partner accrued any liabilities for management incentive or retirement benefits for our executive officers, for fiscal years prior to 2010. Our initial public offering was completed on May 5, 2010.

 

The board of directors of our general partner retains and exercises primary responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers who devote substantially all of their time to managing our business; however, given PAA’s significant ownership interest in us and resulting alignment of economic interest, PAA’s general partner may from time to time, at its sole cost and expense, provide compensation to such executive officers that is designed to reward extraordinary performance, incentivize the achievement of long term performance goals or encourage long term retention. PAA’s general partner also retains and exercises responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers with shared responsibilities to both us and PAA, but who devote the majority of their time to PAA’s other business activities. Our officers manage our business as part of the service provided by PAA under the omnibus agreement, and to the extent allocated to us and not otherwise excluded from reimbursement, the compensation for all of our executive officers is indirectly paid by us through reimbursements to PAA. Our general partner’s board of directors is also responsible for the administration of our LTIP and other equity incentive programs and for compensation of our general partner’s non-employee directors.

 

We are majority owned and controlled by PAA and our assets, liabilities and results of operations are consolidated in PAA’s financial statements. During 2012, our contribution to adjusted EBITDA represented less than 6% of PAA’s consolidated adjusted EBITDA. Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis, Swanson and McGee are executive officers of the general partner of PAA and devote the majority of their time to PAA’s other business activities. The activities of Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis, Swanson and McGee with respect to PNG were a minor consideration for the compensation committee and board of directors of PAA in the determination of cash compensation paid to or equity incentives awarded to such individuals. Information relating to the compensation of Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis and Swanson is set forth in PAA’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, the following discussion relates primarily to those officers (Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea) who devote substantially all of their time to our business activities and for whom the responsibility and authority for compensation related decisions reside directly with the board of directors of our general partner (the “Dedicated Named Executive Officers”).

 

Objectives

 

Similar to PAA, we employ a compensation philosophy that emphasizes pay-for-performance (primarily the ability to sustain and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders), both on an individual and entity level, and places the majority of each officer’s compensation at risk. We believe our pay-for-performance approach aligns the interests of our executive officers with that of our unitholders, and at the same time enables us to maintain a lower level of base overhead in the event our operating and financial performance fails to meet expectations. Our executive compensation is designed to attract and retain individuals with the background and skills necessary to successfully execute our business model in a demanding environment, to motivate those individuals to reach

 

63



Table of Contents

 

near-term and long-term goals in a way that aligns their interest with that of our unitholders, and to reward success in reaching such goals. We use three primary elements of compensation to fulfill that design — salary, cash bonuses and long-term equity incentive awards. Cash bonuses and equity incentives (as opposed to salary) represent the performance driven elements. They are also flexible in application and can be tailored to meet our objectives. The determination of specific individuals’ cash bonuses reflects their relative contribution to achieving or exceeding annual goals, and the determination of specific individuals’ long-term incentive awards is based on their expected contribution in respect of longer term performance objectives. We do not maintain a defined benefit or pension plan for our executive officers, because we believe such plans primarily reward longevity rather than performance. PAA provides a basic benefits package that is generally available to all employees and includes a 401(k) plan and health, disability and life insurance. Employees provided to us under the omnibus agreement will enjoy the same basic benefits. In instances considered necessary for the execution of their job responsibilities, we will reimburse certain of our executive officers and other employees for club dues and similar expenses.

 

Elements of Compensation

 

Salary. We do not “benchmark” our salary or bonus amounts. In practice, we believe our salaries are generally competitive with the narrower universe of large-cap master limited partnerships, but are moderate relative to the broad spectrum of energy industry competitors for similar talent.

 

Cash Bonuses. Our cash bonuses consist of annual discretionary bonuses in which all of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers potentially participate and a quarterly bonus program in which Mr. Liollio was eligible to participate in 2012.

 

Long-Term Incentive Awards. The primary long-term measure of our performance is our ability to sustain and increase our quarterly distribution to our unitholders. We use performance-indexed phantom unit grants issued under our Long-Term Incentive Plan to encourage and reward timely achievement of targeted distribution levels and other performance conditions and align the long-term interests of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers and other members of our management team with those of our unitholders. In some cases, these grants also include a service period component in order to encourage long-term retention. A phantom unit is the right to receive, upon the satisfaction of vesting criteria specified in the grant, a common unit (or cash equivalent). We do not use options as a form of incentive compensation. Unlike “vesting” of an option, vesting of a phantom unit results in delivery of a common unit or cash of equivalent value as opposed to a right to exercise. Phantom units vest based upon the satisfaction of various criteria, which may include achievement of targeted distribution threshold levels or other performance conditions, or continued employment for periods ranging from two to five years. Distribution performance thresholds are generally consistent with our performance expectations for the business at the time of grant or modification taking into account market conditions and other factors that we believe to be relevant.  Certain awards also include the right to receive cash distributions on phantom units prior to vesting of the phantom units as if the underlying common units were owned. These distribution equivalent rights are also referred to as DERs. DERs expire when the associated phantom units vest.

 

In 2010, our general partner issued “Class B” units of PNGS GP LLC to certain of our officers in order to create additional long-term incentives for, and encourage the retention of, our management.  The terms and structure of such awards were based on our outlook for the natural gas storage market and related growth expectations as of early 2010.  In February 2013, our general partner determined that the Class B units were not serving their intended purpose due to the extended deterioration in market conditions for natural gas storage operators and the resulting low likelihood of achieving the distribution performance benchmarks required for vesting, which ranged from $2.00 to $2.70 per common unit.  As a result, all of the existing Class B unit awards were canceled.  In order to encourage the retention of the holders of such canceled awards and provide them with long term performance incentives that take into account our current outlook for the natural gas storage market, PAA’s general partner has authorized the issuance to such officers of special awards under PAA’s long term incentive plan (“Special PAA Awards”).  In general, the Special PAA Awards, the entire economic burden of which will be borne by PAA and does not impact our cash or units outstanding, entitle the holder to receive common units of PAA and related distribution equivalent rights subject to various conditions and restrictions, including the achievement of specified distribution levels by both PNG and PAA and the fulfillment of certain minimum service period requirements.

 

Transaction/Transition Grants. In connection with the initial public offering of PNG, PAA created a plan based on PNG equity, which is designed to reward and create incentive for certain of PAA’s officers who were instrumental in developing the natural gas storage business and bringing it to the point of the IPO, and who will continue to allocate meaningful amounts of time to the business.  Grants under this plan were awarded by the compensation committee of PAA’s board, not by our board, and PAA bears 100% of the cost of the awards.  In September 2010, PAA entered into transaction grant agreements with Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson, pursuant to which they acquired phantom common units, phantom series A subordinated units and phantom series B subordinated units representing a portion of the limited partner interest of PNG issued to PAA in connection with PNG’s IPO. These grants were intended to be transactional and transitional and not a recurring component of these individual’s compensation arrangements. Vesting terms were intended to align the interests of these individuals with those of PAA as such interests pertain to achieving specific future performance benchmarks that are significant to PNG and to PAA’s equity holdings in PNG.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Relation of Compensation Elements to Compensation Objectives

 

Our compensation program is designed to motivate, reward and retain our executive officers. Cash bonuses serve as a near-term motivation and reward for achieving the annual goals established at the beginning of each year. Phantom unit awards (and associated DERs) and Special PAA Awards provide motivation and reward over both the near-term and long-term for achieving performance thresholds necessary for earning and vesting. Transaction/transition grants, as the title implies, focus on contributions to the success of a specific transaction, including reward for inception and consummation, as well as incentive for effective transition and execution of the business plan going forward. The level of annual bonus and phantom unit awards reflect the moderate salary profile and the significant weighting towards performance based, at-risk compensation. Salaries and cash bonuses (particularly quarterly bonuses), as well as currently payable DERs associated with unvested phantom units and Special PAA Awards subject to forfeiture upon termination by the holder, serve as near-term retention tools. Longer-term retention is facilitated by minimum service periods of up to five years associated with phantom unit awards, the long-term vesting profile of the Special PAA Awards and, in the case of certain executives, annual bonuses that are payable over a three-year period. To facilitate our general partner’s board of directors in reviewing and making recommendations, a compensation “tally sheet” is prepared by our CEO and internal counsel and provided to the board for its review.

 

We stress performance-based compensation elements to attempt to create a performance-driven environment in which our executive officers are (i) motivated to perform over both the short term and the long term, (ii) appropriately rewarded for their services and (iii) encouraged to remain with us even after meeting long-term performance thresholds by the potential for rewards yet to come. We believe our compensation philosophy as implemented by application of the three primary compensation elements (i) aligns the interests of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers and other dedicated officers with our unitholders, (ii) positions us to achieve our business goals, and (iii) effectively encourages the exercise of sound judgment and risk-taking that is conducive to creating and sustaining long-term value. We believe the processes employed by the board in applying the elements of compensation (as discussed in more detail below) provide an adequate level of oversight with respect to the degree of risk being taken by management to achieve short-term performance goals. See “Relation of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management.”

 

Application of Compensation Elements

 

Salary. We do not make systematic annual adjustments to the salaries of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers. We do, however, make salary adjustments as necessary based on changes in responsibilities and to maintain hierarchical relationships among senior management levels after new senior management members are added to keep pace with our overall growth.

 

Annual Discretionary Bonuses. Annual discretionary bonuses are determined based on our performance relative to our annual plan forecast and public guidance (typically provided quarterly in conjunction with release of earnings), our distribution growth targets, and other quantitative and qualitative goals established at the beginning of each year. Such annual objectives are discussed and reviewed with the board of directors in conjunction with the review and authorization of the annual plan.

 

At the end of each year, the CEO performs a quantitative and qualitative assessment of our performance relative to our goals. Key quantitative measures include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding items affecting comparability (“adjusted EBITDA”), relative to established guidance, as well as the level of the annualized quarterly distribution level per common unit relative to annual distribution targets. Our primary performance metric is our ability to sustain and increase quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. Accordingly, although net income and net income per unit are monitored to highlight inconsistencies with primary performance metrics, as is our market performance relative to our MLP peers and major indices, these metrics are considered secondary performance measures. The CEO’s written analysis of our performance examines our accomplishments, shortfalls and overall performance against opportunity, taking into account controllable and non-controllable factors encountered during the year.

 

The resulting document and supporting detail is submitted to the board of directors of our general partner for review and comment. Based on the conclusions set forth in the annual performance review, the CEO submits recommendations to the board of directors for bonuses to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers, taking into account the relative contribution of the individual officer. There are no set formulas for determining the annual discretionary bonus for our Dedicated Named Executive Officers. Factors considered by the CEO in determining the level of bonus in general include (i) whether or not we achieved the goals established for the year and any notable shortfalls relative to expectations; (ii) the level of difficulty associated with achieving such objectives based on the opportunities and challenges encountered during the year; (iii) current year operating and financial performance relative to both public guidance and prior year’s performance; (iv) significant transactions or accomplishments for the period not included in the goals for the year; (v) our relative prospects at the end of the year with respect to future growth and performance; and (vi) our positioning at the end of the year with respect to our targeted credit profile. The CEO takes these factors into consideration as well as the relative contributions of each of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers to the year’s performance in developing his recommendations for bonus amounts. These recommendations are submitted to the board of directors for its review and approval.

 

Quarterly Bonus Program. Mr. Liollio and certain other members of our management team are directly involved in activities that generate or significantly influence partnership earnings. These individuals, along with other employees in our commercial group,

 

65



Table of Contents

 

participate in a quarterly bonus pool, the size of which is based on adjusted EBITDA, which directly rewards for quarterly performance the commercial and asset managing employees who participate. This quarterly incentive provides a direct incentive to optimize quarterly performance even when, on an annual basis, other factors might negatively affect bonus potential. Mr. Liollio makes recommendations to Mr. Pefanis with respect to allocation of quarterly bonus amounts among all other participants based on relative contribution, and, after review and modification, if any, Mr. Pefanis submits recommendations to Mr. Armstrong for review, modification and approval, as appropriate. Messrs. Pefanis and Armstrong do not participate in the quarterly bonus program. The quarterly bonus amounts for Mr. Liollio are taken into consideration in determining the recommended annual discretionary bonus submitted by the CEO to the full board.

 

Long-Term Incentive Awards. We do not make systematic annual phantom unit awards to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers. Instead, our objective is to time the granting of awards such that as performance thresholds are met for existing awards, additional long-term incentives are created. Thus, performance will be rewarded by relatively greater frequency of awards and lack of performance by relatively lesser frequency of awards. Generally, we believe that our awards are structured to provide a balance between a meaningful retention period for us and a visible, reachable reward for the executive officer. If top performance targets on outstanding awards are achieved in the early part of this cycle, new awards will be granted with higher performance thresholds, in a manner designed to encourage extended retention of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers and incentivize continued growth of our business. Accordingly, any new arrangements inherently take into account the value of awards where performance levels have been achieved but have not yet vested, but will not take into consideration previous awards that have fully vested.

 

As a complement to awards under our long-term incentive plan and as an additional means of providing longer-term, performance-based officer incentives that require extended periods of employment to realize the full benefit, in February 2013, PAA’s general partner issued a total of 143,000 Special PAA Awards to certain members of our management, including 60,000 Special PAA Awards to Mr. Liollio.  See “— Elements of Compensation — Long-Term Incentive Awards” above and “— Application in 2012” below.

 

Application in 2012

 

At the beginning of 2012, PNG established three public goals with paraphrased versions of these goals overlapping four of our five internal goals:

 

1.                      Deliver operating and financial performance in line with guidance;

 

2.                      Successfully execute our organic growth program; and

 

3.                      Continue to pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions.

 

Our non-overlapping internal goal included positioning PNG to achieve or improve upon forecasted results on an absolute and per unit basis.

 

In general and as discussed below, we met or substantially met all of these goals:

 

·                          Our adjusted EBITDA exceeded the midpoint of our guidance for 2012 by approximately 2%. We also declared February, May, August and November annualized distributions of $1.43 per unit, which represented an increase of 2.7% over distributions paid in 2011.

 

·                          We placed into service 17 Bcf of incremental working gas capacity through the completion of leaching operations at Pine Prairie and Southern Pines, as well as through fill/dewater and SMUG operations at these facilities, executing these and other key projects on budget and generally on time.

 

·                          We have been working with PAA on a number of potential acquisitions or development projects that could facilitate the future growth of our natural gas business.

 

For 2012, the elements of compensation were applied as described below.

 

Salary. No salary adjustments for Dedicated Named Executive Officers were recommended or made in 2012. See “— Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

 

Cash Bonuses. Based on the CEO’s annual performance review and the individual performance of each of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers, the CEO recommended to the board of directors and the board of directors approved the annual bonuses reflected in the Summary Compensation Table and notes thereto. Such amounts take into account the performance relative to our 2012 goals; the absence or existence of shortfalls relative to expectations; the level of difficulty associated with achieving such objectives; our relative positioning at the end of the year with respect to future growth and performance; the significant transactions or

 

66


 


Table of Contents

 

accomplishments for the period not included in the goals for the year; and our positioning at the end of the year with respect to our targeted credit profile.

 

Long-Term Incentive Awards. During 2010, the board of directors granted two tranches of phantom unit awards to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers and other members of our senior management team that devote substantially all of their time to us. These grants were structured to encourage retention and align senior management’s interests with the continued expansion of our business and the achievement of targeted levels of distribution growth based on our outlook for the gas storage business at that time. However, since the granting of such awards, there has been a fairly dramatic deterioration in gas storage market conditions that has adversely impacted our ability to achieve the distribution performance benchmarks set forth in the previous awards, regardless of management’s performance. This, in turn, significantly reduced the extent to which the previous awards encouraged retention. In order to better align the interests of the recipients of such awards with our current outlook for the gas storage business and provide appropriate rewards that encourage retention in the current environment, in February 2012, the board of directors determined to modify the terms of the 2010 phantom unit awards. Phantom unit grants previously issued to Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea were impacted by this modification.

 

As modified, the first tranche of phantom unit awards will vest as follows: 30% will vest on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.45 per unit; 30% will vest on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.50 per unit; and 40% will vest on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.55 per unit. Fifty percent of any unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of the November 2016 distribution date will vest on such date and the remaining 50% will be forfeited. Thirty percent of the DERs associated with these awards became payable in February 2012.  The balance will become payable 30% beginning in May 2013 and 40% beginning in May 2014.

 

Vesting terms of the second tranche of phantom unit awards have been modified to provide that 100% of the phantom units will vest upon conversion of our Series A Subordinated Units into Common Units. Conversion of the Series A Subordinated Units is subject to certain performance conditions set forth in our partnership agreement. Unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of January 1, 2018 will expire. DERs associated with these awards began to accrue in February 2012 and were paid 50% on each distribution date in 2012 with the remaining 50% payable in February 2013. Beginning in February 2013, 100% of the DERs will become currently payable. The modified second tranche phantom unit awards also provide that in the event of a termination of employment other than for cause prior to the May 2013 distribution date, 50% of any outstanding phantom units will vest. If such termination occurs after the May 2013 distribution date, 100% of any outstanding phantom units will vest.

 

Upon vesting, the phantom units are payable on a one-for-one basis in common units. Associated DERs terminate when the underlying phantom units vest or are forfeited.

 

The 2013 awards under the PNG long-term incentive plan included grants to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers as follows:  Mr. Liollio — 125,000 and Mr. O’Shea — 25,000.  The phantom units granted in February 2013 under PNG’s long-term incentive plan will vest in one-third tranches on the dates we pay annualized distributions of $1.45, $1.50 and $1.55. DERs associated with these awards will vest in one-third increments on the August 2014, 2015 and 2016 distribution dates, provided that PNG’s quarterly distribution remains at least $1.43 (annualized) per unit. Fifty percent of any unvested phantom units in a particular tranche that remain outstanding as of the August 2016, 2017 and 2018 distribution dates will vest on such date and the remaining portion and all associated DERs will be forfeited as of the August 2019 distribution date if the applicable performance conditions for such tranche have not been met by such date. 

 

Additionally, Mr. Liollio received a grant of 60,000 Special PAA Awards from PAA, the economic burden of which is borne solely by PAA.  Special PAA Awards will vest 50% on PAA’s August 2018 distribution date and 50% on PAA’s August 2019 distribution date provided that PNG’s distribution averages $1.48 and $1.43 per unit, respectively, for the 12 months prior to each vesting date.  DERs associated with these awards will vest on the date PAA pays an annualized distribution of $2.40 per unit, provided that PNG’s quarterly distribution remains at least $1.43 (annualized) per unit.  Any unvested Special PAA Awards that remain outstanding on December 31, 2020 will be forfeited.

 

Other Compensation Related Matters

 

Equity Ownership in PNG. As of December 31, 2012, our Named Executive Officers beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 240,000 of our common units (excluding any unvested equity awards), and 34,375 Class B units of our general partner (which were canceled in February 2013). Although we encourage our Named Executive Officers to acquire and retain ownership in the Partnership, we do not have a policy requiring maintenance of a specified equity ownership level. Our policies prohibit our Named Executive Officers from using puts, calls or options to hedge the economic risk of their ownership.

 

Recovery of Prior Awards. Except as provided by applicable laws and regulations, we do not have a policy with respect to adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if relevant company performance measures upon which previous awards were based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of such award or payment.

 

Section 162(m). With respect to the deduction limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code, we are a limited partnership and do not fall within the definition of a “corporation” under Section 162(m).

 

Change in Control Triggers. The long-term incentive plan grants to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers include severance payment provisions or accelerated vesting triggered upon a change of control, as defined in the respective agreements. In the case of the long-term incentive plan grants, the provision becomes operative only if the change in control is accompanied by a change in status (such as the termination of employment by our general partner or PAA’s general partner, as applicable). This “double trigger” arrangement provides assurance to the executive, but does not offer a windfall to the executive when there has been no real change in employment status. The Special PAA Awards granted to Mr. Liollio generally provide for vesting upon a change of control. Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson have transaction/transition grants and other long-term incentives, and Mr. Armstrong has an employment agreement, that include provisions for a change in control of PAA, which are described in PAA’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. The provision of severance or equity acceleration for certain terminations and change of control help to create a retention tool by assuring the executive

 

67



Table of Contents

 

that the benefit of the employment arrangement will be at least partially realized despite the occurrence of an event that would materially alter the employment arrangement.

 

Relation of Compensation Policies and Practices to Risk Management

 

Our compensation policies and practices reflect a similar philosophy and approach to that of PAA. Accordingly, such policies and practices are designed to provide rewards for short-term and long-term performance, both on an individual basis and at the entity level. In general, optimal financial and operational performance, particularly in a competitive business, requires some degree of risk-taking. Accordingly, the use of compensation as an incentive for performance can foster the potential for management and others to take unnecessary or excessive risks to reach performance thresholds which qualify them for additional compensation. For us, such risks would primarily attach to our commercial marketing activities, as well as to the execution of capital expansion projects and acquisitions and the realization of associated returns.

 

From a risk management perspective, our policy is to conduct our commercial activities within pre-defined risk parameters that are closely monitored and are structured in a manner intended to control and minimize the potential for unwarranted risk-taking. See Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” We also routinely monitor and measure the execution and performance of our capital projects and acquisitions relative to expectations.

 

Our compensation arrangements contain a number of design elements that discourage taking of unwarranted risk to achieve short-term, unsustainable results. Those elements include delaying the rewards and subjecting such rewards to forfeiture for terminations related to violations of our risk management policies and practices or of our code of conduct.

 

In combination with our risk-management practices, we do not believe that risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the two other most highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in 2012 (our “Named Executive Officers”).  We reimburse PAA for expenses incurred on our behalf, including the costs of PNG-related compensation paid to Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea (excluding the costs of the obligations represented by applicable Class B units or Special PAA Awards). PAA “pushes down” to us the compensation expense associated with the transaction/transition grants.

 

Because we were not capitalized before our May 2010 IPO, our compensation of personnel (including Named Executive Officers), did not commence until that time. Additionally, at the end of 2010, the annual bonus cycle for the Dedicated Named Executive Officers was shifted to a calendar year compensation cycle from a cycle coincident with the natural gas storage season (April 1 through March 31). For ease of presentation and future comparison, the amounts in the table below for 2010 include full calendar year amounts for salary, quarterly bonuses and all other compensation, but include annual bonuses for only the prorated period from April 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Information with respect to annual bonus compensation for our Dedicated Named Executive Officers for the 2009/2010 storage season that ended on March 31, 2010 is included in the footnotes to the table below.

 

Name and Principal
Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock Awards
($)(1)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)(2)

 

Total
($)

 

Greg L. Armstrong (3)

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

3,182,469

 

 

 

3,182,469

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Al Swanson (3)

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

1,077,933

 

 

 

1,077,933

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean Liollio

 

2012

 

250,000

 

1,030,000

(4)(6)

1,781,866

 

16,320

 

3,078,186

 

President

 

2011

 

250,000

 

895,000

(4)(6)

 

15,900

 

1,160,900

 

 

 

2010

 

250,000

 

580,000

(4)(5)(6)

409,095

 

15,900

 

1,254,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

2012

 

147,000

 

135,000

 

127,277

 

15,776

 

425,053

 

Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

 

2011

 

143,208

 

130,000

 

 

6,129

 

279,337

 

 

68



Table of Contents

 


(1)                      Grant date fair values for 2010 include (i) transaction/transition grants awarded to Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson in 2010 and (ii) LTIP phantom unit grants and Class B restricted units granted to Mr. Liollio in 2010. Grant date fair values for 2012 represent the incremental fair value resulting from the February 2012 modification of LTIP phantom units granted to Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea in 2010 (compared to the fair value of the original awards on the modification date). The maximum grant date fair value of phantom units originally granted to Mr. O’Shea in 2010 was $301,922.  Dollar amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of transaction/transition grants, phantom units and Class B units granted during the year based on the probable outcome of underlying performance conditions pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. For transaction/transition grants awarded in 2010, vesting of 100% of the phantom common units and phantom series A subordinated units, and vesting of 20% of the phantom series B subordinated units, was deemed probable of occurring on the grant date. For phantom units granted in 2010, none of the performance thresholds for vesting of the first tranche phantom units was deemed probable of occurring as of the grant date, and 20% of the performance thresholds for vesting of the second tranche phantom units were deemed probable of occurring as of the grant date. For phantom units modified in 2012, the performance thresholds for vesting the first 30% of the first tranche phantom units and all of the second tranche phantom units were deemed probable of occurring as of the modification date.  None of the performance thresholds for vesting of the Class B units was deemed probable of occurring as of the grant date. The maximum grant date fair values of stock awards assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be met are as follows:

 

Name

 

Year

 

Maximum
Grant Date Fair

Value ($)

 

Greg L. Armstrong

 

2012

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

2010

 

4,172,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Al Swanson

 

2012

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

2010

 

1,413,106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean Liollio

 

2012

 

2,895,101

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

2010

 

4,389,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

2012

 

206,793

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

(2)                      Plains All American GP LLC matches 100% of employees’ contributions to its 401(k) plan in cash, subject to certain limitations in the plan. All Other Compensation for 2012 includes $15,000 in such contributions for each of Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea. The remaining amount for each represents premium payments on behalf of such Named Executive Officer for group term life insurance.

 

(3)                      Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson are also executive officers of and are compensated by PAA, with a portion of the costs associated with such overhead being allocated to us under the omnibus agreement. Total compensation for each of Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson, as reported in PAA’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, was $5,591,320 and $2,266,320, respectively. PAA’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K is available on its website at www.paalp.com.

 

(4)                      Includes quarterly bonuses aggregating $380,000, $333,000 and $330,000, and annual bonuses of $650,000, $562,000 and $250,000 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The amount in the table for 2010 does not reflect (i) a $325,000 annual bonus awarded in the second quarter of 2010 for the 2009/2010 storage season, and (ii) a special bonus of $800,000 awarded in January 2010 (generally attributable to 2009) for Mr. Liollio’s efforts in connection with our preparation for the IPO.

 

(5)                      The 2010 annual bonus for Mr. Liollio was prorated to reflect a shift at the end of 2010 from a compensation cycle tied to the natural gas storage season (April 1 through March 31), to a calendar year cycle. As a result, the annual bonus amount included in the table for 2010 is for the period from April 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

(6)                      Annual bonuses are payable 60% at the time of award and 20% in each of the two succeeding years.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

In February 2012, phantom units previously granted to Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea were modified.  There were no other grants of plan-based awards to our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

All Other Stock Awards

 

Fair Value of

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares of

 

Stock and

 

 

 

Grant

 

Stock or Units

 

Option Awards

 

Name

 

Date

 

(#)

 

($)(3)

 

Dean Liollio

 

2/2/12

 

105,000

(1)

559,755

 

 

 

2/2/12

 

105,000

(2)

1,222,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

2/2/12

 

7,500

(1)

39,983

 

 

 

2/2/12

 

7,500

(2)

87,294

 

 


(1)       These phantom unit awards will vest 30% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.45 per unit; 30% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.50 per unit; and 40% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.55 per unit. Fifty percent of any unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of the November 2016 distribution date will vest on such date and the remaining 50% will be forfeited. These awards have associated DERs that became payable 30% beginning in February 2012, with the remainder becoming payable 30% beginning in May 2013 and 40% beginning in May 2014. Upon vesting, the phantom units are payable on a one-for-one basis in common units. Associated DERs terminate when the underlying phantom units vest or are forfeited.

 

(2)       These phantom units will vest 100% upon conversion of our Series A Subordinated Units into Common Units. Conversion of the Series A Subordinated Units is subject to certain performance conditions set forth in our partnership agreement. Unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of January 1, 2018 will expire. DERs associated with these awards began to accrue from February 2012 and were paid 50% on each distribution date in 2012 with the remaining 50% payable in February 2013. Beginning in February 2013, 100% of the DERs will become currently payable. Upon vesting, the phantom units are payable on a one-for-one basis in common units. Associated DERs terminate when the underlying phantom units vest or are forfeited.

 

(3)       Represents the incremental grant date fair value of phantom units based on the probable outcome of underlying performance conditions pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, compared to the fair value of the original awards on the modification date.  For phantom units modified in 2012, the performance thresholds for vesting the first 30% of the first tranche phantom units and all of the second tranche phantom units were deemed probable of occurring as of the modification date.  The incremental maximum grant date fair values of the modified phantom units (compared to the modification date fair value of the original awards) assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be met are set forth below:

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Quantity

 

Maximum
Grant Date Fair

Value ($)

 

Dean Liollio

 

2/2/12

 

105,000

 

1,672,990

 

 

 

2/2/12

 

105,000

 

1,222,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

2/2/12

 

7,500

 

119,499

 

 

 

2/2/12

 

7,500

 

87,294

 

 

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

A discussion of 2012 salaries and bonuses for our Dedicated Named Executive Officers and how they fit into the overall compensation array is included in “— Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The following is a discussion of other material factors necessary to an understanding of the information disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table above.

 

Salary—As discussed in this Item 11, we do not make systematic annual adjustments to the salaries of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers. In that regard, no salary adjustments were made for any of our Dedicated Named Executive Officers in 2012. In February 2013, the annual salary of Mr. O’Shea was increased to $152,000.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards—In February 2012, phantom units previously granted to Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea were modified. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Application in 2012 — Long-Term Incentive Awards” for further information regarding the 2012 modifications. There were no other grants of plan-based awards to the Dedicated Named Executive Officers in 2012. In February 2013, phantom units were awarded to our Dedicated Named Executive Officers as follows:  Mr. Liollio — 125,000 and Mr. O’Shea — 25,000.  Also in February 2013, the Class B units previously awarded to Mr. Liollio were canceled and he received a grant of 60,000 Special PAA Awards from PAA.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreements

 

In connection with his employment in November 2008, Mr. Liollio and PAA entered into an employment agreement, which provided, among other things, for (i) an annual salary of $250,000, (ii) an annual target bonus of 225% of his base salary, and (iii) the grant of phantom units. During 2009, Mr. Liollio was paid $250,000 in the form of salary and approximately $323,000 in the form of quarterly bonuses. During the second quarter of 2009, Mr. Liollio received an annual bonus of $250,000 that included a prorated amount for his 2008/2009 storage season service (from commencement of his employment in November 2008 through March 31, 2009). Mr. Liollio received an annual bonus in the second quarter of 2010 for his 2009/2010 storage season service. As a result of his extraordinary efforts in connection with our preparation to become a publicly traded partnership, Mr. Liollio received a special bonus of $800,000 in January 2010. In connection with his initial employment, Mr. Liollio received a grant of phantom units under PAA’s long term incentive plan. This grant was subsequently replaced with a grant under our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Pursuant to its terms, Mr. Liollio’s employment agreement expired in November 2011.

 

Mr. Armstrong’s employment agreement is described in PAA’s annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2012 with respect to our Named Executive Officers:

 

 

 

Unit Awards

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (#)

 

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)(1)

 

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#)

 

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($)(1)

 

Greg L. Armstrong

 

 

 

62,000

(2)

1,181,100

 

 

 

 

 

62,000

(3)

1,181,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Al Swanson

 

 

 

21,000

(2)

400,050

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

(3)

400,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean Liollio

 

 

 

105,000

(4)

2,000,250

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

(5)

2,000,250

 

 

 

 

 

34,375

(6)

352,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

 

 

7,500

(4)

142,875

 

 

 

 

 

7,500

(5)

142,875

 

 


(1)                      Market value of PNG phantom units and transaction/transition grants reported in these columns is calculated by multiplying the closing market price ($19.05) of our common units at December 31, 2012 (the last trading day of the fiscal year) by the number of units. No discount is applied for remaining performance threshold or service period requirements. The Class B units held by Mr. Liollio as of December 31, 2012, which were canceled in February 2013, are valued here based on the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be met.

 

(2)                      Represents phantom series A subordinated units under transaction/transition grants. These phantom series A subordinated units will vest in connection with the conversion of the Series A Subordinated Units into Common Units, and will be payable one-for-one by PAA in Common Units of PNG. Any of these phantom series A subordinated units that have not vested as of December 31, 2018 will be automatically cancelled on such date.

 

(3)                      Represents phantom series B subordinated units under transaction/transition grants. These phantom series B subordinated units will vest in increments of 20%, 21%, 15%, 22% and 22%, respectively, in connection with the conversion of the First through Fifth Tranches of Series B Subordinated Units. Upon vesting, the phantom series B subordinated units will be payable one-for-one by PAA in Series A Subordinated Units or Common Units of PNG it receives upon conversion of the Series B Subordinated Units. Any of these phantom series B subordinated units that have not vested as of December 31, 2018 will be automatically cancelled on such date.

 

(4)                      Represents the first tranche of phantom units granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan. These phantom unit awards will vest 30% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.45 per unit; 30% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.50

 

71



Table of Contents

 

per unit; and 40% on the date we pay an annualized distribution of $1.55 per unit. Fifty percent of any unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of the November 2016 distribution date will vest on such date and the remaining 50% will be forfeited. These awards have associated DERs that became payable 30% beginning in February 2012, with the remainder becoming payable 30% beginning in May 2013 and 40% beginning in May 2014. Upon vesting, the phantom units are payable on a one-for-one basis in common units. Associated DERs terminate when the underlying phantom units vest or are forfeited.

 

(5)                      Represents the second tranche of phantom units granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan. One hundred percent of the phantom units will vest upon conversion of our Series A Subordinated Units into Common Units. Conversion of the Series A Subordinated Units is subject to certain performance conditions set forth in our partnership agreement. Unvested phantom units that remain outstanding as of January 1, 2018 will expire. DERs associated with these awards began to accrue in February 2012 and were paid 50% on each distribution date in 2012 with the remaining 50% payable in February 2013. Beginning in February 2013, 100% of the DERs will become currently payable. Upon vesting, the phantom units are payable on a one-for-one basis in common units. Associated DERs terminate when the underlying phantom units vest or are forfeited.

 

(6)                      Represents Class B units of PNGS GP LLC. held by Mr. Liollio as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, none of the Class B units had been earned or vested and in February 2013, these Class B units were canceled.

 

Pension Benefits

 

PAA sponsors a 401(k) plan that is available to all U.S. employees, but neither we nor PAA maintain a pension or defined benefit program.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

 

Neither we nor PAA have a nonqualified deferred compensation plan or program for our officers or employees.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

The following table sets forth potential amounts payable to the Dedicated Named Executive Officers upon termination of employment under various circumstances, and as if terminated on December 31, 2012. Potential amounts payable with respect to equity awards are based on the terms of phantom unit awards outstanding at December 31, 2012. Information with respect to potential payments to Messrs. Armstrong and Swanson upon termination of employment is contained in PAA’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

By Reason of
Death
($)

 

By Reason of
Disability
($)

 

By Company
without Cause
($)

 

By Executive
with Good
Reason
($)

 

In Connection
with a Change
In Control
($)

 

Dean Liollio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation (1)(2)(3) 

 

2,600,325

 

2,600,325

 

1,000,125

 

N/A

 

4,000,500

 

Class B Units (4) 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

162,856

 

Total

 

2,600,325

 

2,600,325

 

1,000,125

 

N/A

 

4,163,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation (1)(2)(3) 

 

185,738

 

185,738

 

71,438

 

N/A

 

285,750

 

Total

 

185,738

 

185,738

 

71,438

 

N/A

 

285,750

 

 


(1)                      The letters evidencing the phantom unit grants held by Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea on December 31, 2012 provide that in the event of their death or disability (as defined below), all of their then outstanding phantom units and any associated DERs would be deemed nonforfeitable and would vest on the distribution date on which the vesting criteria is met. For this purpose “disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the ability substantially to perform duties for a period of eighteen (18) months or that the general partner otherwise determines constitutes a disability. Assuming that death or disability occurred on December 31, 2012, all phantom units and the associated DERs held by Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea would have become nonforfeitable effective as of December 31, 2012, and would have vested according to the vesting terms described in footnotes 4 and 5 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table.

 

The dollar value given assumes that all performance thresholds would be timely achieved if deemed probable of occurrence as of December 31, 2012, and is based on the market value of PNG’s common units on December 31, 2012 ($19.05 per unit) without discount for service period. At December 31, 2012, an annualized distribution level of $1.45 and conversion of the

 

72



Table of Contents

 

series A subordinated units were deemed probable of occurrence. As a result, 30% of the first tranche phantom unit grants were assumed to eventually vest, and all of the second tranche phantom unit grants were assumed to eventually vest.

 

(2)                      The letters evidencing the phantom unit grants held by Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea on December 31, 2012 provide that in the event their employment is terminated other than in connection with a change of control (as defined in footnote 3 below) or by reason of death, disability (as defined in footnote 1 above), all of the phantom units and any associated DERs (regardless of vesting) then outstanding under such phantom unit grants would automatically be forfeited as of the date of termination; provided, however, that with respect to the second tranche phantom units, if their employment is terminated other than for cause (as defined in footnote 3 below) (i) on or prior to the May 2013 distribution date, 50% of any unvested second tranche phantom units would be deemed nonforfeitable and would vest on the next following distribution date and (ii) after the May 2013 distribution date, 100% of any unvested second tranche phantom units would be deemed nonforfeitable and would vest on the next following distribution date. Assuming that Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea had been terminated without cause on December 31, 2012, 50% of their second tranche phantom units would have become nonforfeitable and would have vested on February 14, 2013.

 

(3)                      The letters evidencing the phantom unit grants held by Messrs. Liollio and O’Shea on December 31, 2012 provide that in the event of a change in status (as defined below), all of the then outstanding phantom units and associated DERs would be deemed nonforfeitable, and such phantom units would vest in full (i.e., the phantom units would become payable in the form of one common unit per phantom unit) upon the next following distribution date. Assuming the change in status occurred on December 31, 2012, all outstanding phantom units and the associated DERs would have become nonforfeitable as of such date, and such phantom units would have vested on February 14, 2013. The dollar value given is based on the market value of PNG’s common units on December 31, 2012 ($19.05 per unit) without discount for service period.

 

The phrase “change in status” means the occurrence, during the period beginning two and a half months prior to and ending one year following a change of control (as defined below), of any of the following: (A) the termination of employment by the general partner other than a termination for cause (as defined below), or (B) the termination of employment by such officer due to the occurrence, without his written consent, of (i) any material diminution in such officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (ii) any material reduction in such officer’s base salary or (iii) any other action or inaction that would constitute a material breach of the agreement by Plains All American GP LLC.

 

The phrase “change of control” means, and is deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of, one or more of the following events: (i) PAA ceasing to retain direct or indirect control of our general partner; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of PNG or PNGS GP LLC to any person and/or its affiliates, other than to us, PNGS GP LLC or PAA, including any employee benefit plan thereof; (iii) the consolidation, reorganization, merger, or any other similar transaction involving (A) a person other than us, PNGS GP LLC or PAA and (B) us, PNGS GP LLC or both; or (iv) any person, including any partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group deemed a “person” for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 49.9% of the membership interest in PNGS GP LLC. Notwithstanding the definition of change of control, no change of control is deemed to have occurred in connection with a restructuring or reorganization related to the securitization and sale to the public of direct or indirect equity interests in our general partner if PAA continues to have the power to elect, directly or indirectly, the majority of the board of directors of our general partner.

 

The term “cause” means (i) the failure to perform a job function in accordance with standards described in writing, or (ii) the violation of the general partner’s Code of Business Conduct (unless waived in accordance with the terms thereof), in each case, with the specific failure or violation described in writing.

 

(4)                      Pursuant to Mr. Liollio’s Class B Restricted Units Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (defined below), any earned Class B units (and any Class B units that will become earned in less than 180 days) become vested units and, to the extent any Class B units remain unearned, an incremental 25% of the number of Class B units originally granted becomes vested. As of December 31, 2012, none of the Class B units held by Mr. Liollio had been earned or will become earned in less than 180 days. Assuming a Change in Control on December 31, 2012, 25% of the Class B units held by Mr. Liollio would become vested. The value of such Class B units as reflected in the table is based on the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be met. In February 2013, these Class B units were canceled.

 

“Change in Control” means the determination by the Board that one of the following events has occurred: (i) PNGS GP LLC ceases to retain direct or indirect control over the Partnership; (ii) PAA and its affiliates (the “Owner Affiliates”) cease to own directly or indirectly at least 50% of the member interests of PNGS GP LLC; (iii) a “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes after the Grant Date the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the member interest of PNGS GP LLC; or (iv) a transfer, sale, exchange or other disposition in a single transaction or series of transactions (whether by merger or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the assets of PNGS GP LLC or the Partnership to one or more persons who are not Affiliates of PNGS GP LLC, other than a transaction in which the Owner Affiliates become the “beneficial owners,” directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of such person or persons immediately following such transaction.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Confidentiality, Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Arrangements

 

Mr. Liollio has agreed to maintain the confidentiality of PAA and PNG information for a period of two years after the termination of his employment. He has also agreed not to solicit customers or employees for a period of two years following termination of his employment.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation paid to each person who served as a non-employee director of our general partner in 2012:

 

Name

 

Fees
Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)

 

Stock
Awards
($) (1)

 

Total ($)

 

Victor Burk

 

65,000

 

68,625

 

133,625

 

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

55,000

 

68,625

 

123,625

 

Arthur L. Smith

 

55,000

 

68,625

 

123,625

 

 


(1)                      The dollar value of LTIPs granted during 2012 is based on the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. In connection with the August 2012 vesting of director LTIP awards, Messrs. Burk, Shackouls and Smith each were granted 3,750 units by virtue of the automatic re-grant feature of the vested awards. As of December 31, 2012, the number of outstanding LTIPs held by Messrs. Burk, Shackouls and Smith was 15,000 each.

 

Each director of PNGS GP LLC who is not an employee of Plains All American GP LLC is reimbursed for any travel, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses related to meeting attendance or otherwise related to service on the board (including, without limitation, reimbursement for continuing education expenses). Each non-employee director is paid an annual retainer fee of $40,000. Messrs. Armstrong, Pefanis, Swanson and Liollio are otherwise compensated for their services as employees and therefore receive no separate compensation for their services as directors. In addition to the annual retainer, the chairman of the audit committee receives $25,000 annually, and the other members of the audit committee receive $15,000 annually, in each case, in addition to the annual retainer. During 2012, Mr. Burk served as chairman of the audit committee.

 

Our non-employee directors receive LTIP awards as part of their compensation. The LTIP awards vest annually in 25% increments over a four-year period and have an automatic re-grant feature such that as they vest, an equivalent amount is granted. The awards have associated distribution equivalent rights that are payable quarterly.

 

All LTIP awards held by a director vest in full upon the next following distribution date after the death or disability (as determined in good faith by the board) of the director. The awards also vest in full if such director (i) retires (no longer with full-time employment and no longer serving as an officer or director of any public company) or (ii) is removed from the board of directors or is not reelected to the board of directors, unless such removal or failure to reelect is for “good cause,” as defined in the letter granting the units.

 

Each director will be indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

 

Item 12.                          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters

 

Our common units and series A and series B subordinated units outstanding represent 98% of our equity (limited partner interest). The 2% general partner interest and all of our incentive distribution rights are owned by our general partner, PNGS GP LLC. The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of limited partner units held by beneficial owners of 5% or more of the units, directors, the Named Executive Officers, and all directors and executive officers as a group as of February 15, 2013.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Name of Beneficial
Owner

 

Common
Units

 

Percentage
Of
Common
Units

 

Series A
Subordinated
Units

 

Percentage of
Series A
Subordinated Units

 

Series B
Subordinated
Units

 

Percentage of
Series B
Subordinated
Units

 

Percentage
of
Total
Common
and
Subordinated
Units

 

Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
333 Clay Street, Suite 1600
Houston, TX 77002

 

28,155,526

 

47.6

%

11,934,351

 

100

%

13,500,000

 

100

%

63.3

%

Janus Capital Management LLC
151 Detroit St.
Denver, CO 80206

 

4,320,450

(1)

7.3

%

 

 

 

 

5.1

%

Greg L. Armstrong

 

162,000

(2)(3)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Harry N. Pefanis

 

117,000

(2)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Al Swanson

 

50,844

(2)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Dean Liollio

 

26,700

(4)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Donald C. O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Victor Burk

 

9,438

(4)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

8,438

(4)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Arthur L. Smith

 

5,625

(4)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

 

400,045

(4)(5)

*

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 


*                          Less than 1%

 

(1)                        This information has been derived from a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013.

 

(2)                         Does not include unvested phantom units under transaction/transition grants, none of which will vest within 60 days of the date hereof. See Item 11. “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

 

(3)                         Does not include common and subordinated units owned by Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. Mr. Armstrong is Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of PAA’s general partner. He disclaims any beneficial ownership of PAA’s interest in PNG.

 

(4)                         Does not include unvested phantom units granted under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, none of which will vest within 60 days of the date hereof. See Item 11. “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” and “—Director Compensation.”

 

(5)                         As of February 15, 2013, no units were pledged by directors or Named Executive Officers. Certain of the directors and Named Executive Officers hold units in marginable broker’s accounts, but none of the units were margined as of February 15, 2013.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013. For a description of these plans, see Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Our General Partner — Equity-Based Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

Plan
Category

 

Number of Units to
be Issued upon
Exercise/Vesting of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)

 

Number of Units
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation Plans
(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by unitholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long Term Incentive Plan

 

525,000

(1)

N/A

(2)

2,452,499

(1)(3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by unitholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 


(1)                      The Long Term Incentive Plan was approved by our unitholders in April 2010. The LTIP contemplates the issuance or delivery of up to 3,000,000 units to satisfy awards under the plan. The number of units presented in column (a) assumes that all outstanding grants will be satisfied by the issuance of new units upon vesting unless such LTIPs are by their terms payable only in cash. In fact, some portion of the phantom units may be settled in cash and some portion will be withheld for taxes. Any units not issued upon vesting will become “available for future issuance” under column (c).

 

(2)                      Phantom unit awards under the LTIP vest without payment by recipients.

 

(3)                      In accordance with Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, column (c) excludes the securities disclosed in column (a). However, as discussed in footnote (1), any phantom units represented in column (a) that are not satisfied by the issuance of units become “available for future issuance.”

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Item 13.                                    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

For a discussion of director independence, see Item 10. “Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance.”

 

Our General Partner

 

Our operations and activities are managed by our general partner. The officers of our general partner are employed by PAA’s general partner and manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Certain of our officers devote a substantial portion of their time to managing our business, while other officers have responsibilities for both us and PAA. We also utilize a significant number of employees of PAA’s general partner to operate our business and provide us with general and administrative services. We reimburse PAA for all expenses incurred on our behalf (other than expenses related to the Class B units of our general partner or Special PAA Awards). Total costs reimbursed by us to PAA for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $16.4 million.

 

Our general partner owns the 2% general partner interest and all of the incentive distribution rights. Our general partner is entitled to receive incentive distributions if the amount we distribute with respect to any quarter exceeds levels specified in our partnership agreement. Under the quarterly incentive distribution provisions, generally our general partner is entitled, without duplication, to 15% of amounts we distribute in excess of $0.3375 ($1.35 annualized) per unit, 25% of the amounts we distribute in excess of $0.37125 ($1.485 annualized) per unit and 50% of amounts we distribute in excess of $0.50625 ($2.025 annualized) per unit.

 

The following table illustrates the allocation of aggregate distributions at different per-unit levels (dollars in thousands):

 

Annual LP Distribution Per
Unit 

 

Distribution
to LP
Unitholders(1)

 

Distribution
to GP(1)(2)

 

Total
Distribution(1)(2)

 

GP %
of Total
Distribution

 

$

1.35

 

$

96,038

 

$

1,960

 

$

97,998

 

2.0

%

$

1.40

 

$

99,595

 

$

2,588

 

$

102,183

 

2.5

%

$

1.45

 

$

103,152

 

$

3,215

 

$

106,367

 

3.0

%

$

1.50

 

$

106,709

 

$

4,010

 

$

110,719

 

3.6

%

$

1.55

 

$

110,266

 

$

5,196

 

$

115,462

 

4.5

%

$

1.60

 

$

113,823

 

$

6,382

 

$

120,205

 

5.3

%

$

1.65

 

$

117,380

 

$

7,567

 

$

124,947

 

6.1

%

 


(1)                      Based on 71,139,426 Common Units and Series A Subordinated Units outstanding at February 15, 2013. Does not include Series B Subordinated Units. An increase in the number of units outstanding would increase both the distribution to unitholders and the distribution to the general partner for any given level of distribution per unit.

 

(2)                      Includes distributions attributable to the 2% general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights.

 

Equity-Based Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In April 2010, our general partner adopted the PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan for the employees, directors and consultants of our general partner and its affiliates, including PAA, who perform services for us. Awards contemplated under the Plan include restricted units, phantom units, unit options, unit appreciation rights, unit awards and deferred common units. The Long Term Incentive Plan limits the number of common units that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the plan to 3,000,000 units. Units forfeited or withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations will again become available for delivery pursuant to other awards. In addition, if an award is forfeited, canceled or otherwise terminates, expires or is settled without the delivery of units, the units subject to such award will again be available for new awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan. Common units to be delivered pursuant to awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan may be newly issued common units, common units acquired by us in the open market, common units acquired by us from any other person, or any combination of the foregoing. If we issue new common units upon vesting of the phantom units, the total number of common units outstanding will increase.

 

Administration. The Long Term Incentive Plan is administered by the board of directors of our general partner. The board of directors of our general partner may terminate or amend the Long Term Incentive Plan at any time with respect to any units for which a grant has not yet been made. Our board of directors also has the right to alter or amend the Long Term Incentive Plan or any part of the Long Term Incentive Plan from time to time, including increasing the number of units that may be granted, subject to unitholder approval as may be required by the exchange upon which the common units are listed at that time, if any. No change may be made in any outstanding grant that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the consent of the participant. The Long Term Incentive Plan will expire upon its termination by the board of directors or, if earlier, when no units remain available under the Long Term Incentive Plan for awards. Upon termination of the Long Term Incentive Plan, awards then outstanding will continue pursuant to the terms of their grants.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

Phantom Units. A phantom unit entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the discretion of the plan administrator, cash equivalent to the value of a common unit. The plan administrator determines to make grants of phantom units under the Long Term Incentive Plan containing such terms as the plan administrator determines.

 

The plan administrator, in its discretion, may grant distribution equivalent rights, which we refer to as DERs, with respect to a phantom unit. DERs entitle the grantee to receive a cash payment equal to the cash distributions made on a common unit during the period the phantom unit is outstanding. The plan administrator will establish whether the DERs are paid currently, when the tandem phantom unit vests or on some other basis.

 

The issuance of common units upon vesting of the phantom units under the Long Term Incentive Plan is intended primarily to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive and we will receive no remuneration for the units.

 

Other Awards. The Long Term Incentive Plan also permits the grant of restricted units, unit options, unit appreciation rights and unit awards. No such awards have been granted to date.

 

Deferred Awards. Awards granted under the Long Term Incentive Plan may be deferred to the extent permitted by the plan administrator in its discretion. The plan administrator may, for example, determine to make grants of deferred common units, which would vest immediately upon issuance and be delivered to the holder upon termination or retirement from our general partner or upon some later date that is selected by the participant or the plan administrator in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Deferred common units would typically receive all cash or other distributions paid by us on account of our common units.

 

Class B Units of Our General Partner and Special PAA Awards

 

In 2010, our general partner issued “Class B” units of PNGS GP LLC to certain of our officers in order to create additional long-term incentives for, and encourage the retention of, our management. The terms and structure of such awards were based on our outlook for the natural gas storage market and related growth expectations as of early 2010. In February 2013, our general partner determined that the Class B units were not serving their intended purpose due to the extended deterioration in market conditions for natural gas storage operators and the resulting low likelihood of achieving the distribution performance benchmarks required for vesting, which ranged from $2.00 to $2.70 per common unit. As a result, all of the existing Class B unit awards were canceled. In order to encourage the retention of the holders of such canceled awards and provide them with long term performance incentives that take into account our current outlook for the natural gas storage market, PAA’s general partner has authorized the issuance of Special PAA Awards to such officers. In general, the Special PAA Awards, the entire economic burden of which will be borne by PAA and does not impact our cash or units outstanding, entitle the holder to receive common units of PAA and related distribution equivalent rights subject to various conditions and restrictions, including the achievement of specified distribution levels by both PNG and PAA and the fulfillment of certain minimum service period requirements.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

In May 2010, we entered into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we agreed upon certain aspects of our relationship with PAA, including, among other things (1) the provision by PAA’s general partner to us of certain general and administrative services and our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for such services, (2) the provision by

 

78



Table of Contents

 

PAA’s general partner of such personnel as may be necessary to operate and manage our business, and our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for the expenses associated with such personnel, (3) certain indemnification obligations, and (4) our use of the name “PAA” and related marks. Under this agreement, PAA indemnifies us against certain environmental liabilities, tax matters, and title or permitting defects generally for a period of three years after the closing of our initial public offering. The environmental indemnifications are subject to a cap of $15 million and require us to pay the first $250,000 of costs incurred. In addition, we have indemnified PAA against any losses, costs or damages incurred by PAA or its general partner that are attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets following the closing of our initial public offering.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement

 

In May 2010, we entered into a tax sharing agreement with PAA, pursuant to which we and PAA agreed on the method of allocation among us and our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PAA and its subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) on the other, of the responsibilities, liabilities and benefits relating to any taxes for which a combined return is filed for taxable periods including or beginning on the closing date of our IPO.

 

Potential PAA Financial Support

 

PAA may elect, but is not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate PAA’s ability to provide us with financial support while reducing concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain potential financing transactions between PAA and us as fair to our unitholders. As further defined in our partnership agreement, potential PAA financial support can include, but is not limited to, (i) our issuance of common units to PAA, (ii) our borrowing of funds from PAA or (iii) guaranties or trade credit support provided by PAA to support the ongoing operations of us or our subsidiaries. We have no obligation to seek financing or support from PAA or to accept such financing or support if offered to us.

 

During 2012, PAA issued $15 million of parental guarantees to third parties on behalf of PNG Marketing. No amounts were due to PAA as of December 31, 2012 under such guarantees and no payments were made to PAA under such guarantees during 2012.  We pay a minimum quarterly fee of $12,500 to PAA to cover PAA’s administrative costs of providing such guarantees. During 2012, we incurred approximately $71,600 of expense under our obligation to reimburse PAA for administrative costs incurred in conjunction with providing parental guarantees on our behalf.

 

Intercompany Note with PAA

 

In February 2011, in connection with our Southern Pines Acquisition, PAA provided debt financing to us in the form of a $200 million three-year senior unsecured loan bearing interest at 5.25%.  The note payable to PAA was amended in June 2012 to extend the maturity date from February 9, 2014 to June 1, 2015 and to reduce the interest rate from 5.25% to 4.00% to reflect market improvement in interest rates.

 

Natural Gas Services Agreement and Related Transactions

 

In January and July of 2011, we sold a total of approximately 45 acres of land located in Acadia Parish, Louisiana to Plains Gas Solutions, LLC (“PGS LLC”, formerly known as CDM Max, LLC), a subsidiary of PAA, to be used for the development of a natural gas processing plant. The aggregate sales price of approximately $109,000 was based on a third party appraisal and the sale was made on an “as is, where is” basis without any representations or warranties by us. Effective July 1, 2011, we also entered into a Facilities Interconnect Agreement, Natural Gas Services Agreement, and Assignment and Bill of Sale with PGS LLC. Pursuant to these agreements, (i) our Pine Prairie subsidiary and PGS LLC agreed upon the terms pursuant to which PGS LLC would be allowed to connect its natural gas processing facility to Pine Prairie’s header system, including the agreement by Pine Prairie to reimburse PGS LLC for approximately $1.5 million of capital costs associated with construction of certain of such interconnect facilities, (ii) PGS LLC agreed to provide certain gas handling services to our Pine Prairie facility and pay a fixed $125,000 per month access fee in exchange for the right to process any volumes delivered to its facility by Pine Prairie and retain for its own account any liquefiable hydrocarbons extracted therefrom, and (iii) we sold two inactive and unused pipeline segments located near PGS LLC’s facility to PGS LLC in exchange for nominal consideration and without warranties of any kind. The Natural Gas Services Agreement has an initial term of 10 years and is subject to annual renewals thereafter. As a result of an incident and fire that occurred at PGS LLC’s natural gas processing plant in February 2012, the plant is not currently operational.  Under the terms of the Natural Gas Services Agreement, PGS LLC remains obligated to pay the fixed monthly access fee to us for the duration of the agreement to compensate us for capital investments made to facilitate terms of the agreement.  Access fee revenues under the Natural Gas Services Agreement were approximately $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Natural Gas Sales

 

During 2012, we recognized approximately $0.2 million of revenues from sales of natural gas to PGS LLC.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Firm Storage Agreements with PAA

 

In January 2013, our Pine Prairie subsidiary entered into two 10 Bcf firm storage agreements with PNG Marketing, and PNG Marketing agreed to “release” the capacity under such agreements to a subsidiary of PAA pursuant to applicable FERC rules and regulations.  Both firm storage agreements are market based agreements in terms of lease rates and other terms, with one of the agreements having a two year term commencing March 31, 2013 and the other having a three year term starting on the same date.  The PAA subsidiary will make all required payments under the firm storage agreements directly to our Pine Prairie subsidiary.  Excluding variable payments that will depend on the use of the firm storage capacity, the total fixed payments required to be made by the applicable PAA subsidiary to our Pine Prairie subsidiary during the life of the two storage agreements is approximately $49 million. PNG Marketing will manage the storage capacity on behalf of the PAA subsidiary on a cost reimbursement basis.

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

 

We have adopted policies for the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related persons similar to those that have been adopted by PAA. Pursuant to our Governance Guidelines, a director is expected to bring to the attention of the CEO or the board any conflict or potential conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and the Partnership or our general partner on the other. The resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority of the disinterested directors.

 

If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between the Partnership and our general partner, the resolution of any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by the board in accordance with the provisions of the Partnership Agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board of directors of our general partner or by a “conflicts committee” meeting the definitional requirements for such a committee under the Partnership Agreement.

 

Pursuant to our Code of Business Conduct, any executive officer must avoid conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors of our general partner.

 

In the case of any sale of equity by the Partnership in which an owner or affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, our practice is to obtain approval of the board for the transaction. The board will typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a pricing committee, consisting of the CEO and one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee require unanimous approval of such committee.

 

Item 14.                                    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table details the aggregate fees billed directly to us for professional services rendered by our independent auditor (in millions):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Audit fees(1)

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.7

 

Audit-related fees

 

 

 

Tax fees(2)

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

All other fees

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1.0

 

$

1.0

 

 


(1)                      Audit fees primarily relate to our annual audit (including internal control evaluation and reporting) and work performed on securities registration and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(2)                      Tax fees primarily consist of those associated with tax processing as well as the preparation of Forms K-1 for our unitholders.

 

Pre-Approval Policy

 

As discussed above, we have an audit committee that reviews our external financial reporting, engages our independent auditors and reviews the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. All services provided by our independent auditor are subject to pre-approval by our audit committee. The audit committee has instituted a policy that describes certain pre-approved non-audit services. We believe that the description of services is designed to be sufficiently detailed as to particular services provided, such that (i) management is not required to exercise judgment as to whether a proposed service fits within the description and (ii) the audit committee knows what services it is being asked to pre-approve. The audit committee is informed of each engagement of the independent auditor to provide services under the policy. All services provided by our independent auditor during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were approved in advance by our audit committee.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) (1)  Financial Statements

 

See “Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements” set forth on Page F-1.

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(3) Exhibits

 

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report, and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: PNGS GP LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2013

 

By:

/s/ Greg L. Armstrong

 

 

Name:

Greg L. Armstrong

 

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2013

 

By:

/s/ Dean Liollio

 

 

Name:

Dean Liollio

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2013

 

By:

/s/ Al Swanson

 

 

Name:

Al Swanson

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Greg L. Armstrong

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Greg L. Armstrong

 

and Director of PNGS GP LLC

 

February 27, 2013

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dean Liollio

 

President and Director of

 

February 27, 2013

Dean Liollio

 

PNGS GP LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Al Swanson

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

 

 

Al Swanson

 

Officer and Director of PNGS GP LLC

 

February 27, 2013

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donald C. O’Shea

 

Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of

 

February 27, 2013

Donald C. O’Shea

 

PNGS GP LLC (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harry N. Pefanis

 

Vice Chairman and Director of

 

February 27, 2013

Harry N. Pefanis

 

PNGS GP LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victor Burk

 

Director of

 

February 27, 2013

Victor Burk

 

PNGS GP LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bobby S. Shackouls

 

Director of

 

February 27, 2013

Bobby S. Shackouls

 

PNGS GP LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Arthur L. Smith

 

Director of

 

February 27, 2013

Arthur L. Smith

 

PNGS GP LLC

 

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital and Members’ Capital for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-9

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

 

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

 

The effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on Page F-3.

 

 

/s/ GREG L. ARMSTRONG

 

Greg L. Armstrong
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
Director of PNGS GP LLC
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ AL SWANSON

 

Al Swanson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of PNGS GP LLC

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 27, 2013

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors of the General Partner and Unitholders of

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows, and of changes in partners’ capital, of comprehensive income, and of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Partnership’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Houston, Texas

February 27, 2013

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

650

 

$

496

 

Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net

 

25,993

 

33,600

 

Natural gas inventory

 

59,685

 

50,942

 

Other current assets

 

8,065

 

8,917

 

Total current assets

 

94,393

 

93,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

1,363,525

 

1,311,553

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

49,607

 

31,140

 

 

 

1,313,918

 

1,280,413

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Base gas

 

54,091

 

48,432

 

Goodwill

 

325,470

 

325,470

 

Intangibles and other assets, net

 

81,197

 

101,729

 

Total other assets, net

 

460,758

 

475,631

 

Total assets

 

$

1,869,069

 

$

1,849,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

27,621

 

$

42,180

 

Short-term debt

 

76,715

 

67,992

 

Total current liabilities

 

104,336

 

110,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to PAA

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

Long-term debt under credit agreements

 

305,385

 

253,508

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

8,406

 

693

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

513,791

 

454,201

 

Total liabilities

 

618,127

 

564,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

Common unitholders (59,205,075 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012)

 

1,013,848

 

1,037,161

 

Subordinated unitholders (25,434,351 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012)

 

225,123

 

230,359

 

General partner

 

28,737

 

28,156

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

(16,766

)

(10,050

)

Total partners’ capital

 

1,250,942

 

1,285,626

 

Total liabilities and partners’ capital

 

$

1,869,069

 

$

1,849,999

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Firm storage services

 

$

143,810

 

$

136,181

 

$

90,965

 

Hub services

 

10,888

 

9,806

 

6,190

 

Natural gas sales

 

229,075

 

193,031

 

 

Other

 

3,890

 

3,946

 

3,132

 

Total revenues

 

387,663

 

342,964

 

100,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Storage-related costs

 

21,216

 

26,608

 

25,833

 

Natural gas sales costs

 

216,386

 

183,408

 

 

Field operating costs

 

12,368

 

11,621

 

7,242

 

General and administrative expenses

 

19,148

 

22,566

 

15,965

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

37,546

 

33,714

 

14,119

 

Total costs and expenses

 

306,664

 

277,917

 

63,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

80,999

 

65,047

 

37,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (net of capitalized interest of $7,335, $10,925 and $7,595, respectively)

 

(7,701

)

(5,354

)

(7,323

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

5

 

5

 

(18

)

NET INCOME

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

29,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO LIMITED PARTNERS (1)

 

$

70,511

 

$

57,905

 

$

23,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME PER LIMITED PARTNER UNIT (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common and Series A subordinated units (2) (Basic)

 

$

0.99

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.54

 

Common and Series A subordinated units (2) (Diluted)

 

$

0.99

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.54

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIMITED PARTNER UNITS OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common and Series A subordinated units (2) (Basic)

 

71,133

 

68,250

 

44,375

 

Common and Series A subordinated units (2) (Diluted)

 

71,253

 

68,267

 

44,383

 

 


(1)       Reflective of general and limited partner interest in net income since closing of the Partnership’s initial public offering. See Note 4, “Net Income per Limited Partner Unit.”

 

(2)       Excludes Series B subordinated units. See Note 4, “Net Income per Limited Partner Unit.”

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Net income

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

29,787

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

(6,716

)

(8,461

)

(1,589

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

66,587

 

$

51,237

 

$

28,198

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments

 

(816

)

Deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

(773

)

Total period activity

 

(1,589

)

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

(1,589

)

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments

 

(24,260

)

Deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

15,799

 

Total period activity

 

(8,461

)

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

$

(10,050

)

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments

 

(10,327

)

Deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

3,611

 

Total period activity

 

(6,716

)

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

(16,766

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

29,787

 

Adjustments to reconcile to cash flow from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

37,546

 

33,714

 

14,119

 

Gain on sale of base gas

 

 

(870

)

 

Equity compensation expense

 

4,578

 

4,174

 

2,747

 

Non-cash interest expense on borrowings from parent, net

 

 

 

5,081

 

Unrealized (gain)/loss on derivative instruments

 

(127

)

(138

)

(370

)

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable and other

 

892

 

(17,214

)

(5,264

)

Natural gas inventory

 

(7,325

)

(54,796

)

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

(4,415

)

19,326

 

(1,739

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

104,452

 

43,894

 

44,361

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid in connection with acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

(744,186

)

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

(55,617

)

(82,064

)

(74,268

)

Change in restricted cash

 

 

20,000

 

(20,000

)

Net cash received/(paid) for sales and purchases of base gas

 

(3,888

)

(4,259

)

(9,488

)

Other investing activities

 

1

 

235

 

176

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(59,504

)

(810,274

)

(103,580

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under credit agreements

 

329,750

 

537,200

 

322,200

 

Repayments of borrowings under credit agreements

 

(269,150

)

(475,600

)

(62,300

)

Borrowings from parent

 

 

200,000

 

24,000

 

Repayment of borrowings from parent

 

 

 

(468,364

)

Net proceeds from the issuance of common units

 

 

587,342

 

268,168

 

Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements

 

(387

)

(2,571

)

(2,441

)

Contributions from general partner

 

4

 

12,004

 

1

 

Distributions paid to unitholders

 

(101,717

)

(89,516

)

(24,311

)

Distributions paid to general partner

 

(2,964

)

(2,266

)

(496

)

Distribution equivalent right payments

 

(330

)

(63

)

(16

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

(44,794

)

766,530

 

56,441

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

154

 

150

 

(2,778

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

496

 

346

 

3,124

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

650

 

$

496

 

$

346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

8,998

 

$

5,323

 

$

2,094

 

Income taxes, net of amounts refunded

 

$

(707

)

$

 

$

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase/(decrease) in accrued capital expenditures

 

$

(2,443

)

$

(1,638

)

$

(2,872

)

Non-cash interest capitalized on borrowings from parent

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,130

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Partners’ Capital

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Members’

 

 

 

Subordinated

 

General

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

Common

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

Partner

 

Income/(Loss)

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

432,744

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

432,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income prior to closing of initial public offering

 

5,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,428

 

Extinguishment of related party note payable to PAA

 

16,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,375

 

Contribution of net assets to PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.

 

(454,547

)

205,422

 

158,088

 

78,888

 

12,149

 

 

 

Issuance of common units to public, net of offering and other costs

 

 

268,168

 

 

 

 

 

268,168

 

Modification of subordinated units

 

 

 

(22,903

)

22,903

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense

 

 

369

 

 

 

1,446

 

 

1,815

 

Modification of LTIP awards

 

 

912

 

 

 

 

 

912

 

Net income subsequent to closing of intial public offering

 

 

16,971

 

6,851

 

 

537

 

 

24,359

 

Distributions to unitholders and general partner

 

 

(17,337

)

(6,974

)

 

(496

)

 

(24,807

)

Distribution equivalent rights paid or accrued

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

(16

)

Contributions from general partner

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Change in deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,589

)

(1,589

)

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

 

$

474,489

 

$

135,062

 

$

101,791

 

$

13,637

 

$

(1,589

)

$

723,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

47,780

 

10,125

 

 

1,793

 

 

59,698

 

Issuance of common units to public, net of offering and other costs

 

 

587,342

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

599,342

 

Equity compensation expense

 

 

510

 

 

 

2,988

 

 

3,498

 

Distributions to unitholders and general partner

 

 

(72,897

)

(16,619

)

 

(2,266

)

 

 

(91,782

)

Distribution equivalent rights paid or accrued

 

 

(63

)

 

 

 

 

(63

)

Contributions from general partner

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

Change in deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,461

)

(8,461

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

 

$

1,037,161

 

$

128,568

 

$

101,791

 

$

28,156

 

$

(10,050

)

$

1,285,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

59,136

 

11,830

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

73,303

 

Equity compensation expense

 

 

2,657

 

 

 

1,204

 

 

3,861

 

Distributions to unitholders and general partner

 

 

(84,651

)

(17,066

)

 

(2,964

)

 

(104,681

)

Distribution equivalent rights paid or accrued

 

 

(455

)

 

 

 

 

(455

)

Contributions from general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Change in deferred gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,716

)

(6,716

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

 

$

1,013,848

 

$

123,332

 

$

101,791

 

$

28,737

 

$

(16,766

)

$

1,250,942

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1—Organization, Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

 

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (the “Partnership” or “PNG”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on January 15, 2010 to own the natural gas storage business of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (“PAA”). The Partnership is primarily a fee-based, growth-oriented partnership engaged in the ownership, acquisition, development, operation and commercial management of natural gas storage facilities.

 

We currently own and operate three natural gas storage facilities located in Louisiana, Mississippi and Michigan. Our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities are recently constructed, high-deliverability salt cavern natural gas storage complexes located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana and Greene County, Mississippi, respectively. Our Bluewater facility is a depleted reservoir natural gas storage complex located approximately 50 miles from Detroit in St. Clair County, Michigan. As of December 31, 2012, through these facilities, PNG had a total of nine operational salt storage caverns and two depleted reservoirs used for natural gas storage, with an aggregate owned working gas storage capacity of approximately 93 billion cubic feet (“Bcf”). During the second half of 2010, we formed PNG Marketing, LLC, a wholly owned commercial optimization company that captures short-term market opportunities by leasing a portion of our storage capacity and engaging in related commercial marketing activities.

 

On May 5, 2010, the Partnership completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) pursuant to which PAA sold an approximate 23.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership to the public. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, PAA and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries contributed 100.0% of the equity interests in PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC (“PNGS”), the predecessor of the Partnership, and its subsidiaries to the Partnership. As of December 31, 2012, PAA owned approximately 64% of the equity interests in the Partnership, including our 2.0% general partner interest and limited partner interests consisting of 28,155,526 common units, 11,934,351 Series A subordinated units and 13,500,000 Series B subordinated units.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PNG and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation, and certain reclassifications have been made to information from previous years to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications do not affect net income attributable to the Partnership.

 

As used in this document, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to the Partnership and its subsidiaries, including its predecessors (when applicable), unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We make significant estimates with respect to: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments (pursuant to guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) regarding fair value measurements), (ii) accruals and contingent liabilities, (iii) estimated fair value of assets and liabilities acquired and identification of associated goodwill and intangible assets, (iv) accruals related to incentive compensation, (v) valuation and recoverability of long-lived assets including property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, (vi) recognition of equity compensation plan expense, (vii) realization of benefits under tax abatement programs and (viii) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition - Gas Storage Services

 

We provide various types of natural gas storage services to customers. Revenues from these activities are classified as firm storage services or hub services.

 

Firm storage services consist of:

 

(i)                      firm storage reservation fees — fixed monthly capacity reservation fees that are owed to us regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized by the customer. These fees are recognized in revenue ratably over the term of the contract regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized; this also includes seasonal “park and loan” services, pursuant to

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

which a customer will pay fees for the “firm” right to store gas in (park), or borrow gas from (loan), our facilities on a seasonal basis; and

 

(ii)                   firm storage cycling fees and fuel-in-kind — fees for the use of injection and withdrawal services are based on the volume of natural gas nominated for injection and/or withdrawal; these fees are recognized in revenue in the period the volumes are nominated. We retain a small portion of the natural gas nominated for injection as compensation for our fuel use; the fuel-in-kind is reflected as revenue when received and in operating expense in the period the fuel is used in operations. Any excess fuel collected is carried as inventory at average cost.

 

Hub services consist of:

 

(i)                      “interruptible” storage services pursuant to which customers receive only limited assurances regarding the availability of capacity in our storage facilities and pay fees based on their actual utilization of our assets;

 

(ii)                   non-seasonal “park and loan” services; and

 

(iii)                “wheeling and balancing” services pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to move a volume of gas through our facilities from one interconnection point to another and true up their deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of gas from, our facilities.

 

We may also retain a small portion of natural gas nominated for injection as compensation for our fuel use. These fees are recognized in revenue in the month that the services are provided.

 

Revenue Recognition - Natural Gas Sales

 

Revenues from the sale of natural gas by PNG Marketing are recognized at the time title to the gas sold transfers to the purchaser, which generally occurs upon delivery of the gas to the purchaser or its designee. Natural gas sales also include applicable derivative gains and losses on commodity derivatives utilized by PNG Marketing in conjunction with natural gas sales activities. Any ineffectiveness on such derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, if any, is reflected as a component of other revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition - Other Revenues

 

Other revenue includes revenues from the sale of crude oil and liquids produced in conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility, net of royalties and taxes, and an access fee payable by Plains Gas Solutions, LLC (formerly known as CDM Max, LLC) (See Note 12).

 

Storage-Related Costs

 

Storage-related costs consist of: (i) fees incurred to lease third party storage capacity and pipeline transportation capacity; and (ii) costs associated with certain loan services (See Note 5). These costs are incurred to increase our operational flexibility and enhance the services we offer our customers.

 

Natural Gas Sales Costs

 

Natural gas sales costs include (i) the cost of natural gas, (ii) fees incurred for third-party transportation of gas acquired and sold and (iii) brokerage fees and commissions. Such costs are generally recognized at the time natural gas is sold by PNG Marketing. Natural gas sales costs also include a portion of interest expense attributable to our hedged inventory (See Note 8). Natural gas sales costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 includes approximately $1.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of allocated interest expense.

 

Field Operating Costs and General and Administrative Expenses

 

Field operating costs consist of various operating expenses, including power costs, telecommunications, payroll and benefit costs (including equity compensation expense) for field personnel, maintenance and integrity management costs, regulatory compliance, insurance and property taxes. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefit costs (including equity compensation expense), costs allocated to us from PAA (See Note 12), legal costs, acquisition-related expenses, contract and consultant costs and audit and tax fees.

 

Income and Other Taxes

 

No provision for U.S. federal income taxes related to our operations is included in our consolidated financial statements as we are treated as a partnership not subject to federal income tax and the tax effect of our activities accrues to our members. Although we

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

are subject to state income taxes in some states, the impact was immaterial for all periods presented in our consolidated statements of operations.  Our Canadian marketing operations are subject to Canadian federal and provincial taxes.  Such amounts are reflected as a component of natural gas sales costs in our consolidated statements of operations and were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we received payment of approximately $0.8 million related to an income tax receivable attributable to fiscal periods of our predecessor prior to our formation.

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we have no material assets, liabilities or accrued interest associated with uncertain tax positions.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less. At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents are concentrated in a single financial institution and at times may exceed federally insured limits. We periodically assess the financial condition of the financial institution and believe that our credit risk is minimal. In accordance with our policy, outstanding checks are classified as accounts payable rather than negative cash. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, accounts payable included approximately $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of outstanding checks that were reclassified from cash and cash equivalents to accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Our accounts receivable are from a broad mix of customers, including local gas distribution companies, electric utilities, pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators, marketers, producers and affiliates of such entities. We have a rigorous credit review process and closely monitor the potential credit risks associated with these counterparties in order to make a determination with respect to the amount, if any, of credit to be extended to any given customer and the form and amount of financial performance assurances we require. Such financial assurances are commonly provided to us in the form of standby letters of credit or “parental” guarantees. Purchases and sales of natural gas by PNG Marketing are subject to netting provisions (contractual terms that allow us and the counterparty to offset receivables and payables) which serve to mitigate credit risk.

 

We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable if we determine that we will not collect all or part of an outstanding receivable balance. We regularly review collectability and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, substantially all of our accounts receivable were current and we had no allowance for doubtful accounts. We have not had any material accounts receivable write-offs since our inception.

 

Gas Imbalances

 

We value gas imbalances due to or from interconnecting pipelines at market price as of the balance sheet date. Gas imbalances represent the difference between customer nominations and actual gas receipts from and gas deliveries to our interconnecting pipelines under various operational balancing agreements. As the settlements of imbalances are in-kind, changes in the balances do not typically have an impact on our earnings or cash flows. Gas imbalances are reflected as components of other currents assets and accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

FASB guidance establishes accounting requirements for retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets including (i) the timing of the liability recognition, (ii) initial measurement of the liability, (iii) allocation of asset retirement cost to expense, (iv) subsequent measurement of the liability and (v) financial statement disclosures. FASB guidance also requires that the cost for asset retirement should be capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense using a systematic and rational method.

 

Some of our assets have contractual or regulatory obligations to perform remediation when the assets are abandoned. These assets, with regular maintenance, will continue to be in service for many years to come. It is not possible to predict when demands for our services will cease and we do not believe that such demand will cease for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we believe the date when these assets will be abandoned is indeterminate. With no reasonably determinable abandonment date, we cannot reasonably estimate the fair value of the associated asset retirement obligation. We will record an asset retirement obligation in the period in which sufficient information becomes available for us to reasonably determine the settlement date.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets (including property and equipment) with recorded values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows are written down to estimated fair value in accordance with FASB guidance over the accounting for the impairment or

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

disposal of long-lived assets. Under this guidance, a long-lived asset is tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset is recognized.

 

We periodically evaluate property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is highly dependent on the underlying assumptions of related cash flows. In determining the existence of an impairment in carrying value, we make a number of subjective assumptions as to:

 

·           Whether there is an indication of impairment;

 

·           The grouping of assets;

 

·           The intention of “holding” , “abandoning” or “selling” an asset;

 

·           The forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the asset’s estimated useful life; and

 

·           If an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset group.

 

There were no impairments of long-lived assets in the 2012, 2011 or 2010 periods.

 

Environmental Matters

 

We record environmental liabilities when environmental assessments and/or remediation efforts are probable and we can reasonably estimate the costs. Generally, our recording of these accruals coincides with the completion of a feasibility study or our commitment to a formal plan of action. Management is not aware of any association with any known material environmental liabilities as of December 31, 2012.

 

Other Significant Accounting Policies

 

See the respective footnotes for our accounting policies regarding (i) net income per limited partner unit, (ii) inventory and base gas, (iii) property and equipment, (iv) goodwill and other intangible assets, (v) derivative instruments and hedging activities, (vi) fair value measurements and (vii) equity compensation.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2012, the FASB issued guidance intended to simplify the impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill by giving entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The results of the qualitative assessment would be used as a basis in determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative impairment testing. An entity can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on none, some or all of its indefinite-lived intangible assets, or may bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. This guidance will be effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted in certain circumstances. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2013. Our adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that will require disclosure of information to help reconcile differences in the offsetting requirements for assets and liabilities under U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Under this new guidance, entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of collateral received and posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements. Entities will need to provide the following enhanced disclosures for both assets and liabilities within the scope of the new standard: (i) the gross amounts of those recognized assets and those recognized liabilities; (ii) the amounts offset to determine the net amounts presented in the statement of financial position; (iii) the net amounts presented in the statement of financial position; (iv) the amounts subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement not otherwise included in (ii); and (v) the net amount after deducting the amounts in (iv) from the amounts in (iii). The standard affects all entities with balances presented on a net basis in the financial statements, derivative assets and derivative liabilities, repurchase agreements, and financial assets and financial liabilities executed under a master netting or similar arrangement. Accordingly, the adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position as this standard only impacts the presentation of such financial information. This guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2013. Our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance with the purpose of simplifying the goodwill impairment test by permitting entities to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary.  If qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, an entity need not perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.  This guidance became effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012.  Our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance regarding the presentation of other comprehensive income, which was later amended in December 2011, with the purpose of increasing the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements.  This guidance, as amended, requires entities to present comprehensive income in either (i) a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate but consecutive statements.  This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted the guidance, as amended, on January 1, 2012.  Since this guidance only impacts the presentation of comprehensive income and does not change the composition or calculation of such financial information, adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance to amend certain fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in an effort to improve consistency with international reporting standards.  The amendments generally clarify that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in fair value measurement are relevant only when measuring the fair value of non-financial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or of liabilities.  In addition, the guidance expanded disclosure requirements associated with (i) unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements and (ii) items that are not measured at fair value in the financial statements, but for which fair value is required to be disclosed.  This guidance became effective prospectively for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012.  Other than requiring additional disclosure, which is included in Note 8 and Note 10, our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Note 3—Acquisitions

 

On February 9, 2011, we completed the acquisition of SG Resources Mississippi, L.L.C., owner of the Southern Pines Energy Center natural gas storage facility (the “Southern Pines Acquisition”). The purchase price was approximately $765 million (approximately $750 million, net of cash and other working capital acquired). The purchase price included the release of restricted cash of approximately $20 million held in escrow prior to the closing of the acquisition.

 

Several factors contributed to a purchase price in excess of the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Such factors include the strategic location of the Southern Pines facility, the limited alternative locations and the extended lead times required to develop and construct such facility, along with its operational flexibility, organic expansion capabilities and synergies anticipated to be obtained from combining Southern Pines with our existing asset base.

 

The purchase price allocation was as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciable

 

Description

 

Amount

 

Life (in years)

 

Inventory

 

$

14

 

n/a

 

Property and equipment

 

340

 

5 — 70

 

Base gas

 

3

 

n/a

 

Other working capital (including approximately $13 million of cash acquired)

 

15

 

n/a

 

Intangible assets

 

92

 

2 — 10

 

Goodwill

 

301

 

n/a

 

Total

 

$

765

 

 

 

 

Fair value allocated to intangible assets above is comprised of a tax abatement valued at approximately $15 million and customer contracts valued at approximately $77 million, which have lives ranging from 2 — 10 years. Amortization of customer contracts under the declining balance method of amortization was approximately $14.2 million and $12.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and is estimated to be approximately $13.3 million, $11.0 million and $8.3 million for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

In May 2011, we entered into an agreement with the former owners of SG Resources Mississippi, L.L.C. with respect to certain outstanding issues and purchase price adjustments as well as the distribution of the remaining 5% of the purchase price that was escrowed at closing (totaling $37.3 million). Pursuant to this agreement, we received approximately $10 million and the balance was remitted to the former owners. Funds received were used to fund anticipated facility development and other related costs identified subsequent to closing. Approximately $2.7 million of capital expenditures were incurred related to matters covered by the agreement

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

through December 31, 2011. Remaining amounts, included as a component of other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2012, will be utilized to offset applicable cavern development expenditures as incurred. Any remaining amounts upon completion of applicable cavern development procedures will reduce goodwill. Additionally, as part of this agreement, the parties executed releases of any existing and future claims, subject to customary carve-outs.

 

As a result of the Southern Pines Acquisition, the Partnership became the owner, with the ability to remarket in the future, and ultimate obligor of the $100,000,000 Mississippi Business Finance Corporation Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (SG Resources Mississippi, LLC Project), Series 2009 and the $100,000,000 Mississippi Business Finance Corporation Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (SG Resources Mississippi, LLC Project), Series 2010 (collectively, the “GO Bonds”). These GO Bonds were originally issued to fund the expansion of the Southern Pines facility. We remarketed the GO Bonds in August 2011 (See Note 8).

 

In conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition, we arranged financing totaling approximately $800 million to fund the purchase price, closing costs and the first 18 months of expected expansion capital. The financing consisted of $200 million of borrowings under a promissory note from PAA (See Note 8) and approximately $600 million from the issuance of our common units (See Note 9).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we incurred approximately $4.1 million of acquisition-related expenses associated with the Southern Pines Acquisition. Such costs are reflected as a component of general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Pro Forma Results

 

Total revenues generated by our Southern Pines facility of approximately $43.3 million for the period from February 9, 2011 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2011 are included in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. Disclosure of the earnings of our Southern Pines facility since the acquisition date is not practicable as it is not being operated as a standalone subsidiary.

 

Selected unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, assuming the Southern Pines Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, are presented below (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Total revenues

 

$

346,927

 

$

137,821

 

Net income (1)

 

$

65,002

 

$

40,998

 

Limited partner interest in net income (2)

 

$

63,103

 

$

35,279

 

Net income per limited partner unit (3)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.89

 

$

0.49

 

Diluted

 

$

0.89

 

$

0.49

 

 


(1)        Amount for the 2010 period includes approximately $4.1 million of acquisition-related expenses associated with the Southern Pines Acquisition.

 

(2)        Amount for the 2010 period represents portion of net income attributable to limited partner interests for the period subsequent to the closing of our initial public offering on May 5, 2010.

 

(3)        Excludes Series B subordinated units. See Note 4, “Net Income per Limited Partner Unit.”

 

Note 4—Net Income Per Limited Partner Unit

 

Basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit is determined pursuant to the two-class method for Master Limited Partnerships as prescribed in FASB guidance.  The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that is used to determine earnings to our general partner, limited partner unitholders and participating securities according to distributions pertaining to the current period’s net income and participation rights in undistributed earnings.  Under this method, all earnings are allocated to our general partner, limited partner unitholders and participating securities based on their respective rights to receive distributions, regardless of whether those earnings would actually be distributed during a particular period from an economic or practical perspective.

 

The Partnership calculates basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit by dividing net income, after deducting the amount allocated to the general partner’s interest, incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”) and participating securities, by the basic and

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

diluted weighted-average number of limited partner units outstanding during the period.  Participating securities include LTIP awards that have vested distribution equivalent rights, which entitle the grantee to a cash payment equal to the cash distribution paid on our outstanding common units.

 

Diluted net income per limited partner unit is computed based on the weighted-average number of units plus the effect of dilutive potential units outstanding during the period using the two-class method.  Our LTIP awards that contemplate the issuance of common units are considered dilutive unless (i) vesting occurs only upon the satisfaction of a performance condition and (ii) that performance condition has yet to be satisfied.  LTIP awards that are deemed to be dilutive are reduced by a hypothetical unit repurchase based on the remaining unamortized fair value, as prescribed by the treasury stock method in guidance issued by FASB.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from May 5, 2010 (the closing of our initial public offering) through December 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands, except per unit data):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

May 5, 2010 to

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

Net income

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

24,359

 

Less: General partner’s incentive distribution (1)

 

888

 

611

 

51

 

Less: General partner’s 2.0% ownership interest

 

1,449

 

1,182

 

486

 

Less: Amounts attributable to participating securities (2)

 

455

 

 

 

Net income available to limited partners

 

$

70,511

 

$

57,905

 

$

23,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of net income amongst limited partner interests:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common units

 

$

58,681

 

$

47,780

 

$

16,971

 

Net income allocable to Series A subordinated units

 

11,830

 

10,125

 

6,851

 

Net income allocable to Series B subordinated units (3)

 

 

 

 

Net income available to limited partners

 

$

70,511

 

$

57,905

 

$

23,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding: (3)(4)(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common units

 

59,199

 

56,316

 

31,586

 

Series A subordinated units

 

11,934

 

11,934

 

12,789

 

Series B subordinated units

 

13,500

 

13,500

 

12,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding: (3)(4)(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common units

 

59,319

 

56,333

 

31,594

 

Series A subordinated units

 

11,934

 

11,934

 

12,789

 

Series B subordinated units

 

13,500

 

13,500

 

12,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit: (3)(4)(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common units

 

$

0.99

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.54

 

Series A subordinated units

 

$

0.99

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.54

 

Series B subordinated units

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 


(1)        Based on the amount of the distribution declared per common and Series A subordinated limited partner units related to earnings for the applicable periods, our general partner was not entitled to receive any incentive distributions prior to the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

(2)        Participating securities consist of LTIP awards (See Note 13) containing vested distribution equivalent rights which entitle the grantee to a cash payment equal to the cash distribution paid on our outstanding common units.

 

(3)        During all periods presented, our Series B subordinated units were not entitled to participate in our earnings, losses or distributions in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement as necessary performance conditions have not been

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

satisfied. As a result, no earnings were allocated to the Series B subordinated units in our determination of basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit for each of the periods presented.

 

(4)        The determination of diluted weighted average units outstanding excludes the impact of equity-classified LTIP awards (See Note 13) which contain provisions whereby vesting occurs only upon the satisfaction of a performance condition, none of which had been satisfied during any of the periods presented.

 

(5)        The conversion of (i) our Series A subordinated units to common units and (ii) our Series B subordinated units to Series A subordinated units or common units is subject to certain performance conditions. None of these performance conditions had been satisfied as of December 31, 2012 therefore, there is no dilutive impact of such units in our determination of diluted net income per limited partner unit for any of the periods presented.

 

Note 5—Inventory and Base Gas

 

Natural gas inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using an average cost method within specified inventory pools. Lower of cost or market adjustments are reflected as a component of natural gas sales costs in our consolidated statements of operations and may be offset, to the extent applicable, by the recognition of unrealized gains on derivative instruments being utilized to hedge the future sales of our natural gas inventory.

 

Base gas represents natural gas which is necessary to operate our storage facilities. Base gas is carried at historical cost.  The level of necessary base gas fluctuates based on the utilization of our caverns and reservoirs. At times, dependent on market conditions and utilization of the facilities, base gas may be loaned to customers. We classify amounts outstanding under base gas loans as a component of base gas in our consolidated balance sheets as such gas will continue to be utilized as base gas, a long-term asset, upon settlement of the loans.

 

Inventory and base gas consisted of the following (natural gas volumes in thousands and carrying values in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Unit of

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Volumes

 

Measure

 

Value (1)

 

Volumes

 

Measure

 

Value (1)

 

Inventory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (2)(3)(4)

 

20,374

 

Mcf

 

$

59,685

 

16,170

 

Mcf

 

$

50,942

 

Base Gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas (5)(6)

 

15,755

 

Mcf

 

54,091

 

14,105

 

Mcf

 

48,432

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

113,776

 

 

 

 

 

$

99,374

 

 


(1)      Carrying value represents a weighted-average associated with various locations; accordingly, these values may not coincide with any published benchmarks for such products.

 

(2)       Includes fuel inventory held for operational purposes.

 

(3)       As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of natural gas inventory reflects lower of cost or market adjustments of approximately $4.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively. Lower of cost or market adjustments are reflected as a component of natural gas sales costs in our consolidated statements of operations. The impact of such adjustments were substantially offset by the recognition of unrealized gains on derivative instruments (see Note 10) being utilized to hedge the future sales of our natural gas inventory.

 

(4)       Natural gas inventory balances exclude derivative gains and losses associated with settled derivatives which were entered into to hedge natural gas inventory purchases.  As of December 31, 2012, net deferred losses of approximately $9.1 million associated with settled derivatives are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts will be reclassified to earnings in conjunction with an earnings impact associated with the applicable inventory (typically when such inventory is sold).

 

(5)       Amounts include approximately 2.2 Bcf of native natural gas within depleted reservoirs that is ascribed zero value due to uncertainty regarding our ability to ultimately recover such gas.

 

(6)       As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding loan agreements totaling approximately 5.6 Bcf of natural gas, all of which is scheduled to be returned to us in the first quarter of 2013 in accordance with the terms of the agreements.

 

Approximately 3.0 Bcf of natural gas inventory acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition (See Note 3), with an acquired fair value of approximately $11.9 million, was sold (for no material gain or loss) after the acquisition to facilitate certain cavern development efforts. Upon completion of these activities, we purchased a similar volume of natural gas for approximately

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

$13.6 million (including approximately $2.9 million related to derivative settlements) and designated this gas as base gas at Southern Pines.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold approximately 2.0 Bcf of base gas for approximately $8.9 million and recognized total gains of approximately $0.9 million on these sales. Approximately $4.3 million of proceeds from a sale which occurred in December 2011 was not collected until January 2012. Also during 2011, we purchased approximately 1.2 Bcf of base gas for approximately $7.1 million (including approximately $1.8 million related to derivative settlements).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we purchased approximately 1.7 Bcf of base gas for approximately $8.2 million (including a net amount of approximately $2.8 million related to derivative settlements).

 

Net cash paid for base gas of approximately $4.3 million reflected on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 consists of cash paid in conjunction with base gas purchases of approximately $8.9 million less cash received from base gas sales of approximately $4.6 million.

 

Net cash paid for base gas of approximately $3.9 million reflected on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 consists of cash paid in conjunction with base gas purchases of approximately $8.2 million less cash received from base gas sales of approximately $4.3 million.

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities includes approximately $10.0 million and $15.7 million due to counterparties for natural gas purchases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Note 6—Property and Equipment

 

In accordance with our capitalization policy, costs associated with acquisitions and improvements that expand our existing capacity, including related interest costs, are capitalized. In addition, we capitalize expenditures made for the purpose of maintaining or replacing the operating capacity, service capability and/or functionality of our existing assets. Repair and maintenance expenditures incurred in order to maintain the day-to-day operation of our existing assets are charged to expense as incurred. We also classify gains and losses on sales of assets and asset impairments as a component of depreciation, depletion and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no asset impairments and gains and losses on asset sales were not material during any of the periods presented.

 

In conjunction with the development and expansion of our natural gas storage facilities, we capitalize direct costs associated with the development and construction projects. We also capitalize interest associated with projects that have not yet been placed into service.

 

Although our Bluewater facility includes certain oil and gas producing properties, the production of oil and gas is not our primary line of business and thus, we view these assets as ancillary to our existing operations. The terms of our agreement with the former owners of Bluewater requires us to produce these crude oil proved reserves subject to certain conditions. We have capitalized our costs to acquire such properties and such costs are depreciated and depleted by the unit of production method.

 

Our Pine Prairie and Southern Pines facilities are being managed, developed and constructed as separate projects. We will place assets into service in several phases and begin depreciation of these assets and an applicable portion of the other related assets when they are complete and ready for their intended use.

 

We calculate our depreciation using the straight-line method, based on estimated useful lives and salvage values of our assets. These estimates are based on various factors including condition, age (in the case of acquired assets), manufacturing specifications, technological advances and historical data concerning useful lives of similar assets. Uncertainties that impact these estimates include changes in laws and regulations relating to restoration and abandonment requirements, economic conditions, and supply and demand in the area. When assets are put into service, we make estimates with respect to useful lives and salvage values that we believe are reasonable. However, subsequent events could cause us to change our estimates, thus impacting the future calculation of depreciation and amortization.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

Property and equipment, net is stated at cost and consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Lives

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

(In Years)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Natural gas storage facilities and equipment

 

50 to 70

 

$

1,168,449

 

$

1,012,405

 

Office property, equipment and other

 

3 to 5

 

955

 

48

 

Oil and gas properties

 

n/a

 

1,986

 

1,986

 

Land

 

n/a

 

8,288

 

8,288

 

Construction work in progress

 

n/a

 

183,847

 

288,826

 

 

 

 

 

1,363,525

 

1,311,553

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion

 

 

 

49,607

 

31,140

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

$

1,313,918

 

$

1,280,413

 

 

Depreciation and depletion expense related to our property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $18.5 million, $16.3 million and $11.8 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the property and equipment balance includes approximately $0.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of accrued costs. Such amounts are reflected as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we received cash of approximately $7.2 million under a state incentive program for jobs creation. This incentive payment, which was determined based on applicable capital expenditures, was accounted for as a refund of sales tax previously paid and reduced the carrying value of our applicable property and equipment.

 

Capitalized interest during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $7.3 million, $10.9 million and $7.6 million, respectively.

 

Note 7—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

We test goodwill at least annually and on an interim basis if a triggering event occurs to determine whether an impairment has occurred. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by management. Our reporting units are our operating segments. Our operating segments are our Bluewater facility, our Pine Prairie facility and our Southern Pines facility (See Note 16). It is a two step process to test goodwill for impairment. In Step 1, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective book values, including goodwill. When the fair value is greater than book value, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is not considered impaired. If the book value is greater than fair value, then we proceed to Step 2. In Step 2, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the book value. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We test goodwill at least annually on June 30 of each year to determine if an impairment has occurred. There were no goodwill impairments during the 2012, 2011 and 2010 periods.

 

We amortize finite lived intangible assets over our best estimate of their useful life and in the periods that we estimate that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are realized. An impairment loss is recognized for intangibles if the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Intangible assets are tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Other than the customer contracts which were acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition (See Note 3), intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis.

 

The table below reflects our changes in goodwill (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

24,966

 

Southern Pines Acquisition (See Note 3)

 

300,504

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

325,470

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

325,470

 

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

Intangibles and other assets, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Lives

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

(In Years)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Customer contracts

 

2 to 10

 

$

76,536

 

$

76,536

 

Property tax abatements

 

7 to 13

 

38,252

 

38,252

 

Debt issue costs

 

5

 

4,124

 

3,802

 

Other long-term assets

 

n/a

 

310

 

2,201

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

 

119,222

 

120,791

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

38,025

 

19,062

 

Total intangible assets, net of amortization

 

 

 

$

81,197

 

$

101,729

 

 

Our tax abatement agreements provide for the reduction, abatement or deferral of certain taxes other than income taxes (including ad valorem property taxes, sales and use taxes, inventory taxes and various assessments or charges) in exchange for certain payments or undertakings on our part.  If future events result in these agreements not being honored by the applicable tax authorities or we are otherwise unable to realize the benefits we believe we are entitled to under these agreements, we may be (i) subject to additional and unanticipated cash payments and expenses, (ii) unable to recover previous payments made under these agreements (including any payments made to facilitate the enforcement of our rights under these agreements) and (iii) required to recognize an impairment charge associated with all or a portion of our intangible assets related to such agreements (See Notes 3 and 14 for further discussion regarding our tax abatement agreements).

 

Accumulated amortization of intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Customer contracts

 

$

26,997

 

$

12,797

 

Property tax abatements

 

9,882

 

5,969

 

Debt issue costs

 

1,146

 

296

 

Accumulated amortization

 

$

38,025

 

$

19,062

 

 

Amortization expense related to our intangible assets was approximately $19.0 million, $17.4 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We estimate that our amortization expense related to our finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years will be as follows (in thousands):

 

2013

 

$

17,991

 

2014

 

$

15,691

 

2015

 

$

12,991

 

2016

 

$

10,067

 

2017

 

$

8,513

 

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

Note 8—Debt

 

Debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

SHORT-TERM DEBT

 

 

 

 

 

Senior unsecured revolving credit facility, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 2.1% at both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011(1) (2)

 

$

76,715

 

$

67,992

 

Total short-term debt

 

76,715

 

67,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

 

 

 

 

 

Senior unsecured revolving credit facility, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 2.1% at both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011(1) (2)

 

105,385

 

53,508

 

GO Bond Term Loans, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 1.5% at both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011(2)

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

Promissory note due to PAA bearing interest of 4.0% and 5.25% at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively (2)

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

Total long-term debt

 

505,385

 

453,508

 

Total debt (1) (2)

 

$

582,100

 

$

521,500

 

 


(1)             We classify as short-term debt any borrowings under our senior unsecured revolving credit facility that have been designated as working capital borrowings and must be repaid within one year. Such borrowings are primarily related to a portion of our funded hedged natural gas inventory or NYMEX margin requirements. Approximately $1.2 million and $0.2 of interest expense attributable to such borrowings is reflected as a component of natural gas sales costs in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(2)             We estimate that the fair value of borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement (including the revolving credit facility and GO Bond Term Loans) and the PAA Promissory Note approximate carrying value due to the short maturity of both obligations and the variable interest rate terms set forth under our credit agreement. Our fair value estimate for amounts outstanding under our credit agreement is based upon observable market data and is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. With regard to the PAA Promissory Note, our fair valuation estimation process incorporates our estimated credit spread, an unobservable input. As such, we consider this to be a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

 

$550 Million Senior Unsecured Credit Agreement

 

In August 2011, we entered into a five-year senior unsecured credit agreement, which initially provided for (i) $250 million under a revolving credit facility, with the ability to increase, at our election, to $450 million (subject to receipt of additional or increased lender commitments) and (ii) two $100 million term loan facilities (the “GO Zone Term Loans”) pursuant to the purchase, at par, of the GO Bonds we acquired in conjunction with the Southern Pines Acquisition (See Note 3). Borrowings under the revolving credit facility accrue interest, at our election, on either the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The GO Zone Term Loans accrue interest in accordance with the interest payable on the related GO Bonds purchased with respect thereto as provided in such GO Bonds and the GO Bonds Indenture pursuant to which such GO Bonds are issued and governed, which generally provides that interest on the outstanding principal amount of (i) the GO Bonds 2009 shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 75% of the sum of (a) the one-month Eurodollar Rate, plus (b) an applicable margin and (ii) the GO Bonds 2010 shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 67% of the sum of (a) the one-month Eurodollar Rate plus (b) an applicable margin. Fees on issued letters of credit accrue at the applicable margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans, and a commitment fee accrues at an applicable margin. The applicable margin used in connection with interest rates and fees is based on our consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the agreement) at the applicable time. This credit agreement replaced our $400 million, three year senior unsecured revolving credit facility that was scheduled to mature in May 2013.

 

In June 2012, we partially exercised the accordion feature of our revolving credit facility, increasing borrowing capacity from $250 million to $350 million.  Also in June 2012, we reached an agreement with applicable lenders to amend certain terms and provisions of our senior unsecured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement Amendment”).  Pursuant to the Credit Agreement Amendment, the revolving credit facility commitments may be further increased to $550 million, subject to, among other terms and conditions, obtaining additional or increased lender commitments. The Credit Agreement Amendment also provides for one or more one-year extensions of the maturity date of the revolving credit facility and the date (the “GO Bond Mandatory Put Date”) on which

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

the Purchasers of the GO Bond Term Loans have the right to require the Partnership to repurchase such loans, in each case, subject to applicable lender approval and other terms and conditions set forth in the credit agreement, as amended.  The revolving credit facility will expire and all amounts outstanding under it will mature on August 19, 2016 unless, such maturity date is extended pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, as amended, and the purchasers of the two GO Bond Term Loans have the right to put, at par, to the Partnership the GO Bond Term Loans on August 19, 2016 unless such GO Bond Mandatory Put Date is extended pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, as amended. The maturity dates for the GO Bonds, which mature by their terms on May 1, 2032 and August 1, 2035, respectively, were not changed by the Credit Agreement Amendment.   Provisions of the credit agreement providing for the calculation and payment of interest or fees and regarding covenants,  including the financial covenants, events of default and lender remedies were substantially unchanged by the Credit Agreement Amendment, as were the terms  providing for the issuance of letters of credit.

 

Our credit agreement contains covenants and events of default which are substantially consistent with those contained in our previous credit facility. Our credit agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to make distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or event of default, as defined in the credit agreement, exists or would result therefrom. In addition, the credit agreement contains restrictive covenants, including those that restrict our ability to grant liens, incur additional indebtedness, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, engage in substantially unrelated businesses, sell substantially all of our assets or enter into a merger or consolidation, and enter into certain burdensome agreements. In addition, the credit agreement contains certain financial covenants which, among other things, requires us to maintain a debt-to-EBITDA coverage ratio that will not be greater than 5.00 to 1.00 on outstanding debt (5.50 to 1.00 during an acquisition period) and also requires that we maintain an EBITDA-to-interest coverage ratio that will not be less than 3.00 to 1.00, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2012, borrowings of approximately $382.1 million were outstanding under our credit agreement, which includes approximately $182.1 million under the revolving credit facility. The weighted average interest rate on all borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement as of December 31, 2012 was approximately 1.9% (including commitment fees). As of December 31, 2012, borrowings of approximately $76.7 million under our revolving credit facility are classified as short-term debt. We classify as short-term debt any borrowings under our revolving credit facility which have been designated as working capital borrowings and must be repaid within one year. Such borrowings are primarily related to a portion of our funded hedged natural gas inventory.

 

Our revolving credit facility includes the ability to issue letters of credit. As of December 31, 2012, we had $10,000 of outstanding letters of credit under our revolving credit facility.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the covenants required by our credit agreement.

 

Borrowings from PAA

 

On February 9, 2011, in connection with the Southern Pines Acquisition (See Note 3), the Partnership borrowed $200 million from PAA pursuant to a three-year promissory note bearing interest at an annual rate of 5.25% (the “PAA Promissory Note”). On June 1, 2012, the Partnership and PAA entered into an amendment (the “PAA Promissory Note Amendment”) to the PAA Promissory Note, which modified the terms of the PAA Promissory Note by (i) extending the scheduled maturity date from February 9, 2014 to June 1, 2015 and (ii) reducing the interest rate from 5.25% per annum to 4.00% per annum to reflect market improvement in interest rates. The remaining terms of the PAA Promissory Note were unchanged. Interest on the PAA Promissory Note is paid semiannually on the last business day of June and December.

 

Interest paid to PAA attributable to the PAA Promissory Note during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $9.0 million and $9.3 million, respectively.

 

Immediately prior to our initial public offering, approximately $484.8 million was outstanding on a related party note payable to PAA, which was entered into by our predecessor. The note accrued interest and was payable in kind, at a rate of 6.5%. As discussed in Note 9, net proceeds of our initial public offering, along with borrowings under the then outstanding credit facility, were used to repay approximately $468.4 million of the related party note. The remaining balance of approximately $16.4 million was extinguished and treated as a capital contribution by PAA as part of PAA’s initial investment in the Partnership.

 

Debt Issuance Costs and Capitalized Interest

 

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the long-term debt and amendments to our credit facilities are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the related debt. Fully amortized debt issue costs and the related accumulated amortization are written-off in conjunction with the refinancing or termination of the applicable debt arrangement. Amortization of debt issuance costs is reflected as a component of depreciation, depletion, and amortization expenses in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

In conjunction with the modifications of our credit agreement in June 2012 and August 2011, we incurred approximately $0.3 million and $2.4 million of debt issuance costs, respectively, which, together with the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs on our previous revolving credit facility, will be amortized over the term of our new credit agreement. Approximately $2.4 million of debt issuance costs were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 related to our previous credit facility. Additionally, we accelerated the recognition of approximately $0.1 million of debt issuance costs in August 2011 related to our previous credit facility attributable to certain lenders that did not participate in our current credit agreement.

 

Capitalized interest for the periods ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was approximately $7.3 million, $10.9 million and $7.6 million, respectively.

 

Note 9—Partners’ Capital and Distributions

 

Outstanding Units

 

From the closing of our initial public offering on May 5, 2010 through December 31, 2012, changes in our issued and outstanding common, Series A subordinated and Series B subordinated units were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

Total

 

Balance, May 5, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial public offering

 

31,584,529

 

13,934,351

 

11,500,000

 

57,018,880

 

Modification of subordinated units

 

 

(2,000,000

)

2,000,000

 

 

Vesting of LTIP awards

 

1,876

 

 

 

1,876

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

31,586,405

 

11,934,351

 

13,500,000

 

57,020,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Units issued in private placements

 

27,598,045

 

 

 

27,598,045

 

Vesting of LTIP awards

 

9,375

 

 

 

9,375

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

59,193,825

 

11,934,351

 

13,500,000

 

84,628,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting of LTIP awards

 

11,250

 

 

 

11,250

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

59,205,075

 

11,934,351

 

13,500,000

 

84,639,426

 

 

Initial Public Offering

 

As discussed in Note 1, immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering on May 5, 2010, PAA and its subsidiaries contributed 98.0% of the equity interests in PNGS to the Partnership in exchange for certain limited partner interests. In addition, PNGS GP LLC, the general partner of the Partnership and a subsidiary of PAA, contributed 2.0% of the equity interests in PNGS to the Partnership in exchange for a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership as well as all of our incentive distribution rights, which entitle our general partner to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.3375 per quarter.

 

On May 5, 2010, the Partnership issued approximately 13.5 million common units to the public, which included approximately 1.8 million common units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, through an underwritten initial public offering representing an approximate 23.0% limited partner interest in us. Upon closing of the initial public offering and after giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, PAA and its subsidiaries retained an approximate 77.0% equity interest in the Partnership, consisting of approximately 18.1 million common units, approximately 13.9 million Series A subordinated units, 11.5 million Series B subordinated units and a 2.0% general partner interest in us. Total proceeds of the initial public offering were approximately $289.8 million. After deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and direct offering expenses, net proceeds of the offering were approximately $268.2 million. Net proceeds of the offering, along with $200.0 million of borrowings under the Partnership’s then outstanding $400.0 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility, were used to repay intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA. The remaining balance of the intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA of approximately $16.4 million was extinguished and treated as a capital contribution and part of PAA’s initial investment in the Partnership.

 

Equity Issuances

 

On February 8, 2011, in connection with the Southern Pines Acquisition, we completed the sale in a private placement of approximately 17.4 million common units to third-party purchasers and approximately 10.2 million common units to PAA for total proceeds of approximately $600 million, including PAA’s proportionate general partner contribution. As a result of this transaction, PAA’s equity ownership in the Partnership was reduced from approximately 77% to approximately 64%. We entered into Registration Rights Agreements with the third-party purchasers providing them with certain rights relating to registration of the resale of the common units under the Securities Act. The registration of the resale of these units was completed in August 2011.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

Modification of subordinated units

 

In August 2010, our general partner amended and restated the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “Second Amended and Restated Agreement”) to increase our distribution coverage and growth profile of our common and Series A subordinated units and improve our posture with respect to potential acquisitions. The Second Amended and Restated Agreement reduced the number of Series A subordinated units held by PAA by 2.0 million units and increased the number of Series B subordinated units held by PAA by an equivalent amount. The Second Amended and Restated Agreement also established two additional tranches of Series B subordinated units. We accounted for this transaction as an exchange between entities under common control and, accordingly, reclassified approximately $22.9 million (the book value of 2.0 million Series A subordinated units at the time of the transaction) from the Series A subordinated unit limited partner capital account to the Series B subordinated unit limited partner capital account in our accompanying consolidated statement of changes in partners’ capital and members’ capital.

 

Series A subordinated units

 

All of our Series A subordinated units are owned by PAA. The principal difference between our common units and Series A subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the Series A subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Series A subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.

 

At any time on or after June 30, 2013, the subordination period for the Series A subordinated units will end on the first business day following the quarter in respect of which we have, for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods (i) generated from distributable cash flow at least $1.35 (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units on a fully diluted basis, plus the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and (ii) paid from available cash at least $1.35 on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units, plus the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest. Additionally, at any time on or after June 30, 2011, if we have, for a period of four consecutive quarters (i) generated from distributable cash flow at least $0.5063 per quarter (150.0% of the minimum quarterly distribution, which is approximately $2.03 on an annualized basis) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units on a fully diluted basis, plus the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights and (ii) paid from available cash at least $0.5063 per quarter (150.0% of the minimum quarterly distribution, which is approximately $2.03 on an annualized basis) on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units, plus the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights, the subordination period will end.

 

In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause, if the units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.

 

When the subordination period ends, all Series A subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages.

 

Series B subordinated units

 

All of our Series B subordinated units are owned by PAA. The Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to participate in our quarterly distributions until they convert into Series A subordinated units or common units.

 

In February 2012, certain conversion terms of the Series B subordinated units were modified. As a result of this modification, the terms for conversion of the Series B subordinated units into Series A subordinated units upon satisfaction of the following operational and financial conditions are as follows:

 

·                  2,600,000 Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie that has been placed into service totals at least 29.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.4275 per unit (representing an annualized distribution of $1.71 per unit) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and all of such Series B subordinated units and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of available cash of at least $0.4275 per quarter for two consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights;

 

·                  2,833,333 Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie that has been placed into service totals at least 35.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.4275 per unit (representing an annualized distribution of $1.71 per unit) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and all of such Series B subordinated units and, if any, the Series B

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

subordinated units described in the prior bullet, and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of available cash of at least $0.4275 per quarter for two consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights;

 

·                  2,066,667 Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie that has been placed into service totals at least 41.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.4275 per unit (representing an annualized distribution of $1.71 per unit) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and all of such Series B subordinated units and, if any, the Series B subordinated units described in the prior two bullets, and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of available cash of at least $0.4275 per quarter for two consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights;

 

·                  3,000,000 Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie that has been placed into service totals at least 48 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.4275 per unit (representing an annualized distribution of $1.71 per unit) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and all of such Series B subordinated units and, if any, the Series B subordinated units described in the prior three bullets, and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of available cash of at least $0.4275 per quarter for two consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

·                  3,000,000 Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie that has been placed into service totals at least 48 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.45 per unit (representing an annualized distribution of $1.80 per unit) on the weighted average number of outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and all of such Series B subordinated units and, if any, the Series B subordinated units described in the prior four bullets, and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of available cash of at least $0.45 per quarter for two consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights.

 

Before giving effect to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement, there were 4,600,000, 3,833,333 and 3,066,667 Series B subordinated units included in first, second and third tranches of Series B subordinated units, respectively.

 

Our general partner will determine whether the in-service operational requirements set forth above have been satisfied. To the extent that the operational tests described above are satisfied prior to or during the two-quarter period applicable to the financial tests described above, the holder of the Series B subordinated units subject to conversion will be entitled to receive the quarterly distribution payable with respect to the second quarter of such two-quarter period. In all other circumstances, where the operational tests are satisfied following the two-quarter period applicable to the financial tests, the holder of the Series B subordinated units subject to conversion will be entitled to receive any distribution payable following the satisfaction of such operational tests.

 

Any Series B subordinated units that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2018 will automatically be cancelled.

 

Following conversion of any Series B subordinated units into Series A subordinated units, such converted Series B subordinated units will further convert into common units (together with any other outstanding Series A subordinated units) to the extent that the tests for conversion of the Series A subordinated units are satisfied. In determining whether such conversion tests have been satisfied, the Series B subordinated units that have converted into Series A subordinated units will be treated as Series A subordinated units from and after the date of their conversion into Series A subordinated units.

 

If at the time the above operational and financial tests are satisfied, the subordination period has already ended and all outstanding Series A subordinated units have converted into common units, the Series B subordinated units will instead convert directly into common units on a one-for-one basis and participate in the quarterly distribution payable to common units.

 

Distributions

 

Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days subsequent to the end of each quarter, we will distribute 100% of our available cash, as defined in our partnership agreement, to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. Available cash is

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

generally defined as all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of the quarter less reserves established by the managing member for future requirements.

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash each quarter in the following manner:

 

·                  first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375, plus any arrearages from prior quarters; and

 

·                  second, 98.0% to the holders of Series A subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each Series A subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375.

 

If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.3375 per common unit and Series A subordinated unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in addition to distributions on its 2.0% general partner interest, incentive distributions in increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount as follows:

 

 

 

Total Quarterly Distributions

 

Marginal Percentage

 

 

 

per Common Unit and

 

Interest in Distributions

 

 

 

Series A Subordinated Unit

 

Unitholders

 

General Partner

 

Minimum quarterly distribution

 

$0.3375

 

98.0

%

2.0

%

First target distribution

 

Above $0.3375 up to $0.37125

 

85.0

%

15.0

%

Second target distribution

 

above $0.37125 up to $0.50625

 

75.0

%

25.0

%

Thereafter

 

above $0.50625

 

50.0

%

50.0

%

 

Per unit cash distributions on our outstanding common and series A subordinated units and the portion of the distributions representing an excess over the minimum quarterly distribution (“MQD”) were as follows:

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010(1)

 

 

 

Distribution(2)

 

Excess over MQD

 

Distribution(2)

 

Excess over MQD

 

Distribution(2)

 

Excess over MQD

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.35750

 

$

0.02000

 

$

0.34500

 

$

0.00750

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Second Quarter

 

$

0.35750

 

$

0.02000

 

$

0.34500

 

$

0.00750

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Third Quarter

 

$

0.35750

 

$

0.02000

 

$

0.34500

 

$

0.00750

 

$

0.21140

 

$

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

0.35750

 

$

0.02000

 

$

0.35750

 

$

0.02000

 

$

0.33750

 

$

 

 


(1)                Our common units did not commence trading until April 2010. The distribution paid during the third quarter of 2010 represents our minimum quarterly distribution prorated for the period from May 5, 2010 (date of closing of our initial public offering) through June 2010.

 

(2)                Distributions represent those declared and paid in the applicable period.

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no Series A subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election.

 

The following table details the distributions subsequent to our initial public offering (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

 

 

Distributions Paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

Common

 

Subordinated

 

General Partner

 

 

 

per limited

 

Year

 

Units

 

Units

 

Incentive

 

2%

 

Total

 

partner unit

 

2012

 

$

84,651

 

$

17,066

 

$

1,004

 

$

1,960

 

 

$

104,681

 

$

1.43

 

2011

 

$

72,897

 

$

16,619

 

$

497

 

$

1,769

 

 

$

91,782

 

$

1.39

 

2010(1)

 

$

17,337

 

$

6,974

 

$

 

$

496

 

 

$

24,807

 

$

0.55

 

 


(1)                Amounts for 2010 represent distributions paid attributable to periods subsequent to the closing of our initial public offering on May 5, 2010.

 

On January 7, 2013, we declared a cash distribution of $0.3575 per unit ($1.43 per unit on an annualized basis) on our outstanding common and Series A subordinated units. The distribution was paid on February 14, 2013 to unitholders of record on February 1, 2013, for the period October 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012. The total distribution paid was approximately $26.2 million, with approximately $21.2 million paid to our common unitholders, $4.3 million paid to our Series A subordinated unitholders and $0.5 million and $0.2 million paid to our general partner for its general partner and incentive distribution interests, respectively.

 

Note 10—Derivative Instruments and Risk Management Activities

 

We record all open derivative instruments on the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at their fair value pursuant to FASB guidance. This guidance requires that changes in the fair value of derivative instruments be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

the change in fair value is deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and reclassified into earnings when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. All of our derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are designated as cash flow hedges. With the exception of cash settlements associated with derivatives utilized to hedge base gas purchases or capital expansion activities, which are reflected as investing cash flows, cash settlements associated with our derivative activities are reflected as operating cash flows in our consolidated statements of cash flows. We have determined that all of our commodity purchase and sale agreements qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales scope exclusion.

 

We identify the risks that underlie our core business activities and use risk management strategies to mitigate those risks when we determine that there is value in doing so. Our risk management strategies utilize various derivatives to manage our exposure to both commodity price risk and interest rate risk. When we apply hedge accounting, at the inception of a hedge we formally document the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as our risk management objective for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. Both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we assess whether the derivatives within the hedging relationship are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Our policy is to use derivatives only for hedging purposes and not for the purpose of speculating.

 

Commodity Price Risk Hedging

 

We utilize derivatives to manage exposure associated with commodity price risk (resulting from natural gas price fluctuations in spot and forward markets, among other factors) and to optimize profits as follows:

 

Merchant Storage Activities- When contango market conditions exist (forward prices exceed spot prices), our commercial optimization company may utilize our storage capacity to purchase natural gas and hold it for sale at a higher price in a forward month.  Additionally, our commercial optimization company may sell owned natural gas inventory in the current month and repurchase it at a lower price in a forward month when backwardated market conditions exist (spot prices exceed forward prices).

 

In conjunction with our merchant storage activities, we typically enter into a spread position to hedge both purchases and sales of natural gas in the respective months.  The hedging instrument for each respective month is settled concurrent with the applicable physical transaction.  This enables us to maintain a balanced position when our hedging instruments are aggregated with physical purchases and sales.  The fair value of our derivative spread positions is exposed to changes in the spread (the difference in commodity price between two distinct months).  However, the fair value of our derivative spread positions is not exposed to changes in outright prices and is offset by the corresponding change in fair value of the physical position that is being hedged.

 

Operational Gas Purchases and Sales- We purchase and sell natural gas for operational purposes at our storage facilities. These activities primarily consist of the purchase of base gas for caverns under development or anticipated future development of our facilities. We also sell surplus fuel inventory, which we collect from our customers under the terms of our storage contracts. We use derivatives to manage the commodity price risk associated with all, or a portion of, these anticipated purchases of base gas and sales of fuel inventory.

 

Crude Oil Sales- We sell crude oil and liquids produced in conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility. We may use derivatives to manage the commodity price risk associated with a portion of these anticipated sales.

 

Storage Capacity Utilization - The fair value of our storage capacity is partially derived from the seasonal spread in forward natural gas prices. We may from time to time use derivatives to hedge our exposure associated with available capacity.

 

The risk management strategies we utilize to manage commodity price risk exposure associated with these core activities include the use of exchange-cleared futures, swaps (including basis and index swaps) and options. The following table summarizes open derivative positions utilized in commodity price risk management strategies as of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

Notional Volume
(Short)/Long 
(1)

 

Remaining Tenor (1)

 

Anticipated base gas purchases

 

4.2 Bcf

 

April 2016

 

Anticipated natural gas sales of owned inventory (2)

 

(20.4) Bcf

 

December 2013

 

Anticipated natural gas inventory purchases

 

40.0 Bcf

 

November 2014

 

Anticipated natural gas inventory sales (3)

 

(40.0) Bcf

 

November 2014

 

 


(1)             Volumes presented represent net position through the month noted.

 

(2)             Notional volumes presented hedge forecasted sales of natural gas inventory owned as of December 31, 2012.

 

(3)             Notional volumes presented hedge forecasted sales of anticipated future natural gas purchases.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Risk Hedging

 

We use interest rate derivatives to hedge the underlying benchmark interest rate associated with borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement. During June and August 2011, we entered into three interest rate swaps to fix the interest rate on a portion of our outstanding debt. The swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $100 million with an average fixed rate of 0.95%. Two of these swaps terminate in June 2014 and the remaining swap terminates in August 2014. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2012, accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) includes deferred losses of $0.9 million that relate to open interest rate derivatives that were designated for hedge accounting. The deferred loss related to these instruments will be recognized as a component of interest expense over the terms of the hedged debt instruments.

 

Summary of Financial Statement Impact

 

For derivatives that qualify as a cash flow hedge, changes in fair value of the effective portion of the hedges are deferred in AOCI and recognized in earnings in the periods during which the underlying physical transactions impact earnings. Derivatives that do not qualify or were not designated for hedge accounting and the portion of cash flow hedges that are not highly effective in offsetting change in cash flows of the hedged items are recognized in earnings each period.

 

Derivative activities did not have a material impact on our earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010. A summary of the impact of our derivative activities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Location of gain/(loss)

 

Derivatives in
Hedging
Relationships
(1)(2)

 

Derivatives not
Designated as a
Hedge
(3)

 

Total

 

Commodity Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas sales

 

$

2,437

 

$

627

 

$

3,064

 

Natural gas sales costs(4)

 

8,193

 

 

8,193

 

Other revenues

 

289

 

(344

)

(55

)

Interest Rate Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(490

)

 

(490

)

Total Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Net Income

 

$

10,429

 

$

283

 

$

10,712

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Location of gain/(loss)

 

Derivatives in
Hedging
Relationships
(1)(2)

 

Derivatives not
Designated as a
Hedge
(3)

 

Total

 

Commodity Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural gas sales

 

$

18,614

 

$

148

 

$

18,762

 

Natural gas sales costs(4)

 

5,973

 

 

5,973

 

Other revenues

 

132

 

6

 

138

 

Interest Rate Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(327

)

 

(327

)

Total Gain/(Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Net Income

 

$

24,392

 

$

154

 

$

24,546

 

 


(1)       Amounts reported as a component of natural gas sales in our consolidated statements of operations represent derivative gains and losses that were reclassified from AOCI to earnings during the period to coincide with the earnings impact of the respective hedged transaction.

 

(2)       Amounts reported as a component of other revenues in our consolidated statements of operations include the ineffective portion of our cash flow hedges recognized in earnings.

 

(3)       Amounts include realized and unrealized gains or losses for derivatives that did not qualify or were not designated for hedge accounting during the period.

 

(4)       Amounts reported as a component of natural gas sales costs in our consolidated statements of operations reflect reclassifications from AOCI to earnings to offset applicable lower of cost or market adjustments to the carrying value of our inventory.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the derivative assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet on a gross basis as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Location

 

Fair Value

 

Location

 

Fair Value

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

 

Other current assets

 

$

10,556

 

Other current assets

 

$

(3,143

)

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

310

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

(554

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(304

)

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

10,866

 

 

 

$

(4,001

)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

 

Other current assets

 

$

5

 

Other current assets

 

$

(8

)

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

$

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

 

 

$

10,871

 

 

 

$

(4,009

)

 

The following table summarizes the derivative assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet on a gross basis as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Location

 

Fair Value

 

Location

 

Fair Value

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

 

Other current assets

 

$

31,541

 

Other current assets

 

$

(16,766

)

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

3,292

 

Other long-term assets

 

(1,896

)

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

(236

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(212

)

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

34,833

 

 

 

$

(19,110

)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commodity derivatives

 

Other current assets

 

$

138

 

Other current assets

 

$

(515

)

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

143

 

 

 

$

(515

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

 

 

$

34,976

 

 

 

$

(19,625

)

 

As of December 31, 2012, there was a net loss of $16.8 million deferred in AOCI. Amounts deferred in AOCI include amounts associated with settled derivatives for which the underlying anticipated hedge transactions are still probable of occurring. The deferred loss in AOCI is expected to be reclassified to future earnings contemporaneously with the earnings recognition of the underlying hedged transactions. Certain underlying hedged transactions are for base gas purchases or other capital expansion expenditures. As we account for base gas as a long-term asset, which is not subject to depreciation, amounts related to base gas will not be reclassified to future earnings until such gas is sold or in the event an impairment charge is recognized in the future. Amounts related to other capital expansion activities will be reclassified to future earnings over the estimated useful live of the applicable asset. Deferred losses associated with capital expansion activities of approximately $12.1 million (including $9.8 million associated with base gas and anticipated base gas purchases) are included in AOCI as of December 31, 2012. Of the total net loss deferred in AOCI at December 31, 2012, we expect to reclassify a net loss of approximately $4.4 million to earnings in the next twelve months. The remaining $0.3 million loss will be reclassified to earnings through 2014. Amounts deferred are predominately based on market prices at the current period end, thus actual amounts to be reclassified will differ and could vary materially as a result of changes in market conditions.

 

We reclassified gains of approximately $0.5 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, from AOCI to natural gas sales revenues as a result of anticipated hedged transactions no longer considered probable of occurring.

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

Amounts recognized in AOCI for derivatives and amounts reclassified to earnings during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Commodity derivatives, net (1) 

 

$

4,510

 

$

16,574

 

$

(773

)

Interest rate derivatives, net (1) 

 

(899

)

(775

)

 

Reclassification adjustments, net (2) 

 

(10,327

)

(24,260

)

(816

)

Total

 

$

(6,716

)

$

(8,461

)

$

(1,589

)

 


(1)        Amounts reflect net unrealized derivative gains and losses deferred in AOCI for the period. Negative amounts represent a net deferral of losses and positive amounts reflect a net deferral of gains on the applicable activity.

 

(2)        Reclassification adjustments represent transfers of deferred gains and losses out of AOCI and into earnings for the period. Negative amounts represent the reclassification of previously deferred net gains into earnings and positive amounts represent the reclassification of previously deferred net losses into earnings for the period. Reclassification adjustments may include realization of amounts originally deferred to AOCI in both the current period as well as prior periods.

 

Our accounting policy is to offset derivative assets and liabilities executed with the same counterparty when a master netting arrangement exists. Accordingly, we also offset derivative assets and liabilities with amounts associated with cash margin. Our commodity derivatives, which are all exchange-cleared, are transacted through a brokerage account and are subject to margin requirements as established by the respective exchange. On a daily basis, our account equity (consisting of the sum of our cash balance and the fair value of our open derivatives) is compared to our initial margin requirement resulting in the payment or return of variation margin. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a net broker payable of approximately $2.4 million (consisting of initial margin of $3.7 million decreased by $6.1 million of variation margin paid to us) and $8.4 million, respectively.  Such amounts are reflected as a component of other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. Our interest rate derivatives, which are over-the-counter instruments, do not have margin requirements. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, none of our outstanding derivatives contained credit-risk related contingent features that would result in a material adverse impact to us upon any change in our credit standing. We do not require our derivative counterparties to post collateral with us.

 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

 

Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which affects the placement of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy levels. The determination of the fair values includes not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits and letters of credit) but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. The fair value of our commodity derivatives, interest-rate derivatives and foreign currency derivatives includes adjustments for credit risk. Our credit adjustment methodology uses market observable inputs and requires judgment. There were no changes to any of our valuation techniques during the period.

 

Set forth in the table below is the Level 1 to Level 3 fair value hierarchy of our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2012

 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2011

 

Recurring Fair Value Measures (1)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Commodity derivatives

 

$

7,720

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,720

 

$

15,799

 

$

 

$

 

$

15,799

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

(858

)

 

(858

)

 

(448

)

 

(448

)

Total

 

$

7,720

 

$

(858

)

$

 

$

6,862

 

$

15,799

 

$

(448

)

$

 

$

15,351

 

 


(1)        Derivative assets and (liabilities) are presented above on a net basis but do not include any related cash margin deposits.

 

The fair value of our commodity derivatives and interest rate derivatives include adjustments for credit risk. These fair value adjustments include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits and letters of credit), but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities.  There were no changes to any of our valuation techniques during the period.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Level 1

 

Included within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are exchange-cleared commodity derivatives such as futures, options and swaps. The fair value of exchange-cleared commodity derivatives is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and is therefore classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Level 2

 

Included within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are interest rate derivatives that are traded in active markets. The fair value of these derivatives is based on broker or dealer price quotations which are corroborated with market observable inputs, including forward interest rates obtained from pricing services.

 

Level 3

 

Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy consists of derivatives based on unobservable inputs. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we did not have any level 3 derivatives.

 

Other Financial Instruments

 

For certain of the Partnership’s other financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

 

Note 11—Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Approximately 34% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were generated from physical sales of natural gas executed through Natural Gas Exchange, Inc., a commodity exchange. No other customer accounted for greater than 10% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. Approximately 17% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were generated from physical sales of natural gas executed through Natural Gas Exchange Inc. No other customer accounted for greater than 10% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010, Iberdrola Renewables, Inc. accounted for approximately 13% of our storage revenues. Concentration in the volume of business transacted with limited numbers of customers’ subjects us to risk.

 

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. Our accounts receivable are primarily from customers that operate in the natural gas industry. This industry concentration has the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk in that the customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions, which subjects us to credit risk. We review credit exposure and financial information of our customers and generally require collateral (which may consist of letters of credit, deposits or parental guarantees) from customers that are not considered creditworthy, unless the credit risk can otherwise be reduced.

 

Note 12—Related Party Transactions

 

In addition to transactions between PNG and PAA discussed in Notes 3, 8, 9, 13 and 14, additional activities between PNG and PAA are discussed below.

 

We do not directly employ any persons to manage or operate our business. These functions are provided by employees of Plains All American GP LLC (“GP LLC”), the general partner of Plains AAP, L.P. which is the sole member of PAA GP LLC, PAA’s general partner. References to PAA, unless the context otherwise requires, include GP LLC. We reimburse PAA for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf, including certain capital expansion costs, and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by PAA in connection with the operation of our business. These expenses are recorded in general and administrative expenses and field operating costs on our consolidated statements of operations and include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf. We record these costs on the accrual basis in the period in which PAA’s general partner incurs them. Our agreement with PAA provides that PAA will determine the expenses allocable to us in any reasonable manner determined by PAA in its sole discretion. Total costs reimbursed by us to PAA for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, were approximately $16.4 million, $16.1 million and $19.5 million, respectively. Of these amounts $3.5 million, $3.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively, were allocated costs for shared services (including personnel costs) and the remainder consisted of reimbursements for direct operating and capital costs that PAA paid on our behalf along with our allocation of insurance premiums for participation in PAA’s insurance programs. PAA, in conjunction with input from our general partner, estimates the percentage of time each shared service department spends on items related to our operations and allocates this percentage of their personnel costs to us. Due to our general partner’s close involvement in this process, we believe that the method used is reasonable.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, PNG had net amounts due to PAA and certain of its affiliates of approximately $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts include accrued interest, if any, due under the PAA Promissory Note (See Note 8).

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, PNG’s obligation for unvested equity-based compensation awards for which we are required to reimburse PAA upon vesting and settlement was approximately $1.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Approximately $1.0 million and $0.7 million of such amounts were reflected in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, with the remaining balances included as a component of other long-term liabilities at each respective date.

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, outstanding parental guarantees issued by PAA to third parties on behalf of PNG Marketing were approximately $15 million and $31 million, respectively. No amounts were due to PAA as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 under such guarantees and no payments were made to PAA under such guarantees during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. We pay PAA a quarterly fee in exchange for providing such parental guarantees. The quarterly fee, which is based on actual usage, is subject to a quarterly minimum of $12,500 regardless of utilization to cover PAA’s administrative costs. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we incurred approximately $71,600 and $102,000, respectively, of expense under our obligation to reimburse PAA for administrative costs incurred in conjunction with providing parental guarantees on our behalf.

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

In conjunction with our initial public offering in May 2010, we entered into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we agreed upon certain aspects of our relationship with them, including, among other things (i) the provision by PAA’s general partner to us of certain general and administrative services and our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for such services, (ii) the provision by PAA’s general partner of such personnel as may be necessary to operate and manage our business, and our agreement to reimburse PAA’s general partner for the expenses associated with such personnel, (iii) certain indemnification obligations, and (iv) our use of the name “PAA” and related marks. Under this agreement, PAA indemnifies us against certain environmental liabilities, tax matters, and title or permitting defects generally for a period of three years after the closing of our initial public offering. The environmental indemnifications are subject to a cap of $15.0 million and require us to pay the first $250 thousand of costs incurred. In addition, we have indemnified PAA against any losses, costs or damages incurred by PAA or its general partner that are attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets following the close of the initial public offering.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement

 

In conjunction with our initial public offering in May 2010, we entered into a tax sharing agreement with PAA, pursuant to which we and PAA agreed on the method of allocation among us and our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PAA and its subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) on the other, of the responsibilities, liabilities and benefits relating to any taxes for which a combined return is filed for taxable periods including or beginning on May 5, 2010. Income tax expense allocated to us under applicable allocation methodologies has not been material during any of the periods presented.

 

Natural Gas Services Agreement and Related Transactions

 

In January and July of 2011, we sold a total of approximately 45 acres of land located in Acadia Parish, Louisiana to Plains Gas Solutions, LLC (“PGS LLC”, formerly known as CDM Max, LLC), a subsidiary of PAA, to be used for the development of a natural gas processing plant. The aggregate sales price of approximately $109,000 was based on a third party appraisal and the sale was made on an “as is, where is” basis without any representations or warranties by us. Effective July 1, 2011, we also entered into a Facilities Interconnect Agreement, Natural Gas Services Agreement, and Assignment and Bill of Sale with PGS LLC. Pursuant to these agreements, (i) our Pine Prairie subsidiary and PGS LLC agreed upon the terms pursuant to which PGS LLC would be allowed to connect its natural gas processing facility to Pine Prairie’s header system, including the agreement by Pine Prairie to reimburse PGS LLC for approximately $1.5 million of capital costs associated with construction of certain of such interconnect facilities, (ii) PGS LLC agreed to provide certain gas handling services to our Pine Prairie facility and pay a fixed $125,000 per month access fee in exchange for the right to process any volumes delivered to its facility by Pine Prairie and retain for its own account any liquefiable hydrocarbons extracted therefrom, and (iii) we sold two inactive and unused pipeline segments located near PGS LLC’s facility to PGS LLC in exchange for nominal consideration and without warranties of any kind. The Natural Gas Services Agreement has an initial term of ten years and is subject to annual renewals thereafter. As a result of an incident and fire which occurred at PGS LLC’s natural gas processing plant in February 2012, the plant is not currently operational.  Under the terms of the Natural Gas Services Agreement, PGS LLC remains obligated to pay the fixed monthly access fee to us for the duration of the Natural Gas Services Agreement to compensate us for capital investments made to facilitate terms of the agreement. Access fee revenues under our Natural Gas Services Agreement with PGS LLC were approximately $1.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

Natural Gas Sales

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we recognized approximately $0.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of revenues from sales of natural gas to PGS LLC.

 

Relationship with our general partner

 

Except as previously disclosed, we are not party to any material transactions with our general partner or any of its affiliates. Additionally, our general partner is not obligated to provide any direct or indirect financial assistance to us or to increase or maintain its capital investment in us.

 

Firm Storage Agreements with PAA

 

In January 2013, our Pine Prairie subsidiary entered into two 10 Bcf firm storage agreements with PNG Marketing, and PNG Marketing agreed to “release” the capacity under such agreements to a subsidiary of PAA pursuant to applicable FERC rules and regulations.  Both firm storage agreements are market based agreements in terms of lease rates and other terms, with one of the agreements having a two year term commencing March 31, 2013 and the other having a three year term starting on the same date.  The PAA subsidiary will make all required payments under the firm storage agreements directly to our Pine Prairie subsidiary.  Excluding variable payments that will depend on the use of the firm storage capacity, the total fixed payments required to be made by the applicable PAA subsidiary to our Pine Prairie subsidiary during the life of the two storage agreements is approximately $49 million. PNG Marketing will manage the storage capacity on behalf of the PAA subsidiary on a cost reimbursement basis.

 

Note 13—Equity Compensation Plans

 

Our long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) awards include both liability-classified and equity-classified awards. In accordance with FASB guidance regarding share-based payments, the fair value of our liability-classified LTIP awards is calculated based on the closing market price of our common units at each balance sheet date and adjusted for the present value of any distributions that are estimated to occur on the underlying units over the vesting period that will not be received by the award recipients. The fair value of our equity-classified LTIP awards is calculated based on the closing market price of our common units on the respective grant dates and adjusted for the present value of any distributions that are estimated to occur on the underlying units over the vesting period that will not be received by the award recipient. This fair value is recognized as compensation expense over the service period. Substantially all of our equity compensation expense is reflected as a component of general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Our LTIP awards typically contain performance conditions, such as the attainment of certain annualized distribution levels, and vest upon the later of a certain date or the attainment of such performance conditions. For awards with performance conditions (such as distribution targets), expense is accrued over the service period only if the performance condition is considered to be probable of occurring. When awards with performance conditions that were previously considered improbable become probable, we incur additional expense in the period that our probability assessment changes.  This is necessary to bring the accrued obligation associated with these awards up to the level it would be as if we had been accruing for these awards since the grant date. Certain LTIP awards also include distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”).  Subject to applicable vesting criteria, a DER entitles the grantee to a cash payment equal to the cash distribution paid on an outstanding common unit. Our DER awards typically contain performance conditions based on the attainment of certain annualized distribution levels and become earned upon the attainment of such levels.  The DERs terminate with the vesting or forfeiture of the underlying LTIP award.  For liability-classified awards, we recognize DER payments in the period the payment is earned as compensation expense.  For equity-classified awards, we recognize DER payments in the period the related distribution is declared as a reduction of partners’ capital.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan

 

On April 27, 2010, PNGS GP LLC, the general partner of the Partnership, adopted the PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 LTIP Plan”) for the employees, directors and consultants of our general partner and its affiliates, including PAA, who perform services on our behalf. Although other types of awards are contemplated under the 2010 LTIP Plan, currently outstanding awards are limited to phantom units, which mature into the right to receive common units of PNG, or the equivalent cash value, upon vesting. The 2010 LTIP Plan limits the number of common units that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the plan to 3,000,000 units.

 

During the second quarter of 2010, 658,500 phantom units were granted under the 2010 LTIP Plan to directors, officers and other employees, a portion of which were granted upon conversion of outstanding awards denominated in common units of PAA. Of this total, (i) 30,000 phantom units, issued to non-employee directors, will vest annually in 25.0% increments and have an automatic re-grant feature such that as they vest, an equivalent amount is granted; (ii) 326,000 phantom units, issued to members of management, were scheduled to vest in one-third increments upon the later of (a) the May 2012 distribution date and the date we pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.3875, (b) the May 2013 distribution date and the date we pay a quarterly distribution of at least

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

$0.4500, and (c) the May 2014 distribution date and the date we pay a quarterly distribution of at least $0.4750; and (iii) 302,500 phantom units, issued to members of management, were scheduled to vest in 25.0% increments in connection with the conversion of our Series A subordinated units and the conversion of each of the first three tranches of our Series B subordinated units. DERs were also awarded with respect to 342,500 of the phantom unit grants.

 

In November 2010, the Board of Directors of our general partner approved the modification (subject to agreement by the individual award recipients) of 302,500 LTIP awards originally granted in the second quarter of 2010 to more closely align the vesting of these awards to the conversion of our Series B subordinated units as a result of the modification of our subordinated units in August 2010 (See Note 9). Such modifications provided that the awards would vest in 20% increments in connection with the conversion of our Series A subordinated units and the conversion of each of the first four tranches of our Series B subordinated units. The impact of this modification was not material.

 

In February 2012, the Board of Directors of our general partner approved the modification of certain equity compensation awards previously granted in 2010. As a result of the modification, 232,500 equity-classified phantom unit awards will now vest in the following manner: (i) 69,750 awards, with DERs also modified to begin payment in February 2012, will vest upon the date we pay an annualized distribution of at least $1.45, (ii) 69,750 awards, with DERs also modified to begin payment in May 2013, will vest upon the date we pay an annualized distribution of at least $1.50 and (iii) 93,000 awards, with DERs also modified to begin payment in May 2014, will vest upon the date we pay an annualized distribution of at least $1.55. Fifty percent of any awards that have not vested as of the November 2016 distribution date will vest at that time and the remainder will expire. Additionally, 232,500 of equity-classified phantom unit awards with vesting terms originally tied to the conversion of our Series A and Series B subordinated units were modified such that all these awards will now fully vest upon conversion of the Series A subordinated units to common units. DERs were also granted with respect to these awards beginning February 2012.  Based on our assessments regarding probability of satisfying applicable performance conditions, the modification of these awards is expected to result in the recognition of approximately $3.5 million of additional expense over the service period of these modified awards.

 

Our equity compensation activity for awards denominated in PNG units is summarized in the following table (units in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Units(1)

 

Fair Value per Unit

 

Outstanding, May 5, 2010

 

 

 

Granted(2)

 

676

 

$

19.41

 

Vested

 

(2

)

$

23.08

 

Cancelled or forfeited

 

(50

)

$

19.22

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

 

624

 

$

19.42

 

Granted(3)

 

24

 

$

22.06

 

Vested

 

(9

)

$

23.31

 

Cancelled or forfeited

 

(140

)

$

19.20

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2011

 

499

 

$

19.53

 

Granted(4)

 

131

 

$

15.33

 

Vested

 

(11

)

$

23.46

 

Cancelled or forfeited

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2012(5)(6)

 

619

 

$

15.75

 

 


(1)        Amounts do not include Class B units of PNGS GP LLC or transaction awards granted by PAA.

 

(2)        Includes 662,000 equity-classified awards and 13,500 liability-classified awards.

 

(3)        Includes 24,375 equity-classified awards.

 

(4)        Includes 31,000 equity-classified awards and 100,000 liability-classified awards.

 

(5)        Includes 510,000 equity-classified awards and 108,000 liability-classified awards.

 

(6)        Weighted average grant date fair value per unit for PNG units outstanding at December 31, 2012, reflects the impact of the modification of PNG awards during February 2012, as discussed above.

 

Prior to our initial public offering and adoption of the 2010 LTIP Plan, certain of our officers and other individuals providing direct services on our behalf were granted LTIP awards under LTIP plans sponsored by PAA’s general partner (“PAA LTIP Awards”). Such awards, which allow settlement in cash or PAA common units upon vesting at the election of PAA’s general partner, generally contained performance conditions based on the attainment of certain annualized PAA distribution levels or the attainment of

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

specific PNG EBITDA levels and vested upon the later of a certain date or the attainment of such levels. In connection with grants made in the second quarter of 2010 under the 2010 LTIP Plan, substantially all of the then outstanding liability-classified PAA LTIP awards held by PNG management were converted to equity-classified PNG LTIP awards, which resulted in a reclassification to partners’ capital of approximately $0.9 million of compensation expense recognized on such awards through the modification date. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 36,000 PAA LTIP awards are outstanding and unvested. We reimbursed PAA approximately $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million for PAA LTIP awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Our accrued liability at December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to all outstanding liability-classified LTIP awards is approximately $1.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Approximately $1.0 million and $0.7 million of such amounts were reflected in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, with the remaining balances included as a component of other long-term liabilities at each respective date. Compensation expense recognized on 2010 LTIP Plan awards reflects our assessment that, as of December 31, 2012, an annualized PNG distribution of $1.45 and the conversion of our Series A subordinated units are probable of occurring.

 

Class B Awards of Our General Partner

 

In July 2010, the Board of Directors of our general partner authorized the issuance of 165,000 Class B Units (“PNGS Class B Units”) of PNGS GP LLC (PNG’s general partner) in order to create long term incentives for our management. The entire economic burden of the PNGS Class B Units, which are equity-classified, will be borne solely by our general partner and will not impact our cash or our units outstanding. We will recognize the grant date fair value of the PNGS Class B Units as compensation expense over the service period, with such expense recognized as a capital contribution. We will not be obligated to reimburse our general partner for such costs and any distributions made on the PNGS Class B Units will not reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

As of December 31, 2012, 74,250 PNGS Class B Units were outstanding and the remaining units are reserved for future grants. The PNGS Class B Units earn the right to participate in distributions (i.e. become “earned”) in 25% increments 180 days following the payment by PNG of quarterly distributions that equate to annualized distribution levels of $2.00, $2.30, $2.50 and $2.70. When PNGS Class B Units become earned units, they will participate in quarterly distributions paid to our general partner in excess of $2.5 million. In addition, 50% of the applicable earned units vest immediately upon becoming earned units and the remaining 50% vest on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. If PNGS Class B Units become earned units after the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, 100% of such units will vest immediately upon becoming earned units. Assuming all 165,000 PNGS Class B Units were granted and earned, the maximum participation rate would be 6% of PNG’s quarterly general partner distribution in excess of $2.5 million. No expense was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 as it has not been deemed probable that any of the performance conditions necessary for the PNGS Class B Units to become earned would be met.

 

Transaction/Transition Awards Granted by PAA

 

During September 2010, PAA entered into agreements with certain officers of PAA pursuant to which these individuals were granted 375,000 awards denominated in PNG common units, Series A subordinated units, and Series B Subordinated units. The awards will vest upon the completion of the service period and certain performance conditions including the conversion of PNG’s Series A subordinated units into common units of PNG and the conversion of PNG’s Series B subordinated units into Series A subordinated units of PNG. Upon vesting, these awards will be settled with outstanding common or Series A subordinated units of PNG currently owned by PAA. The entire economic burden of these agreements will be borne solely by PAA and will not impact our cash or our units outstanding. Since these individuals also serve as officers of PNG and PNG benefits as a result of the services they provide, we will recognize the grant date fair value of these awards as compensation expense over the service period, with such expense recognized as a capital contribution. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recognized approximately $1.2 million, $2.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of expense and a corresponding capital contribution associated with these awards. At December 31, 2012, 250,000 of these awards were outstanding.

 

Other Consolidated Equity Compensation Information

 

The table below summarizes the expense recognized and unit or cash settled vestings related to equity compensation awards during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Liability
Awards

 

Equity
Awards

 

Liability
Awards

 

Equity
Awards

 

Liability
Awards

 

Equity
Awards

 

Equity compensation expense(1)

 

$

717

 

$

3,861

 

$

676

 

$

3,498

 

$

932

 

$

1,815

 

LTIP cash settled vestings(2)

 

$

922

 

$

 

$

711

 

$

 

$

1,125

 

$

 

Distribution equivalent right payments(3)

 

$

25

 

$

330

 

$

18

 

$

63

 

$

8

 

$

16

 

LTIP unit settled vestings(3)(4)

 

 

11

 

 

9

 

 

2

 

 


(1)        Includes expense associated with transaction awards granted by PAA and denominated in PNG units owned by PAA. These awards, which were granted in September 2010, are not included in units outstanding above. The entire economic burden of these agreements will be borne solely by PAA and will not impact our cash or units outstanding. The individuals that received these awards are officers of PAA and PNG, and because they also serve as officers of PNG and PNG benefits as a result of the services they provide, we recognize the grant date fair value of these awards as compensation expense over the service period, with such expense recognized as a capital contribution. We recognized approximately $1.2 million, $2.7 million and $1.5 million of compensation expense associated with these equity-classified awards during years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2)        Includes cash payments made in conjunction with the settlement of PAA common unit denominated LTIP awards.

 

(3)        Amounts exclude transaction awards granted by PAA.

 

(4)        Amounts represent number of units vested.

 

Based on the December 31, 2012 fair value measurement and probability assessment regarding future distributions, we expect to recognize approximately $6.0 million (which includes approximately $0.9 million associated with the awards granted by PAA which we do not bear the economic burden of) of additional expense over the estimated service period of our outstanding awards related to the remaining unrecognized fair value. For our liability-classified awards, this estimate is based on the fair value of the outstanding awards as of December 31, 2012. For our equity-classified awards, this estimate is based on the grant date fair value of such awards. Actual amounts may materially differ as a result of a change in the market price of our units and/or probability assessment regarding future distributions. We estimate that the remaining fair value of awards outstanding as of December 31, 2012 will be recognized in expense as shown below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Equity Compensation

 

 

 

Plan Fair Value

 

Year

 

Amortization (1)(2)

 

2013

 

$

3,240

 

2014

 

957

 

2015

 

534

 

2016 and thereafter

 

397

 

Total

 

$

5,128

 

 


(1)        Amounts do not include fair value associated with awards containing performance conditions that are not considered to be probable of occurring at December 31, 2012.

 

(2)        Amounts do not include fair value associated with awards which are not dilutive to our limited partners or impact cash flow available for distribution to our limited partners.

 

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments

 

In the ordinary course of doing business, we contract storage and transportation capacity from third parties and enter into purchase commitments in conjunction with our operations and our capital expansion program. As of December 31, 2012, we had 0.5 Bcf of storage capacity under contract from third parties and had secured the right to 509 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various pipelines. In addition, we may enter into contracts related to construction costs associated with certain of our capital projects.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

The following table includes our best estimate of the amount and timing of the payments due under our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Total

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

Thereafter

 

Storage and transportation agreements(1)

 

$

27,601

 

$

12,447

 

$

6,753

 

$

4,249

 

$

2,230

 

$

1,922

 

$

 

Purchase obligations(2)

 

17,326

 

3,798

 

1,866

 

1,866

 

1,866

 

1,866

 

6,064

 

Leases(3)

 

205

 

30

 

25

 

25

 

30

 

25

 

70

 

Total

 

$

45,132

 

$

16,275

 

$

8,644

 

$

6,140

 

$

4,126

 

$

3,813

 

$

6,134

 

 


(1)        Includes third party storage and transportation agreements. Expense recognized related to these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was approximately $15.9 million, $18.8 million and $17.7 million, respectively.

 

(2)        Primarily includes amounts related to utility contracts and capital expansion activities.

 

(3)        Includes operating leases as defined by FASB guidance.

 

Litigation

 

We, in the ordinary course of business, are a claimant and/or a defendant in various legal proceedings. To the extent we are able to assess the likelihood of a negative outcome for these proceedings, our assessments of such likelihood range from remote to probable. If we determine that a negative outcome is probable and the amount of loss is reasonably estimable, we accrue the estimated amount. We do not believe that the outcome of these legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Environmental

 

We may experience releases of crude oil, natural gas, brine or other contaminants into the environment, or discover past releases that were previously unidentified. Although we maintain an inspection program designed to prevent and, as applicable, to detect and address such releases promptly, damages and liabilities incurred due to any such environmental releases from our assets may affect our business. As of December 31, 2012, we have not identified any material environmental obligations.

 

Insurance

 

A natural gas storage facility, associated pipeline header system and gas handling and compression facilities may suffer damage as a result of an accident, natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property, base gas, or equipment, pollution or environmental damage, or suspension of operations. We maintain various types of insurance under PAA’s insurance program that we consider adequate to cover our operations and properties. Such insurance covers our assets in amounts management considers reasonable. The insurance policies are subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not excessive. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk associated with operating natural gas storage facilities, associated pipeline header systems, and gas handling and compression facilities, including the potential loss of significant revenues.

 

The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured, indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We believe we are adequately insured for public liability and property damage with respect to our operations. In the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance at levels that we consider adequate for rates we consider reasonable. As a result, we may elect to self-insure or utilize higher deductibles in certain insurance programs. For example, the market for hurricane or windstorm related property damage coverage has remained difficult the last few years. The amount of coverage available has been limited, and costs have increased substantially with the combination of premiums and deductibles.

 

In 2011, we elected not to renew our hurricane insurance and, instead, self-insure this risk. This decision does not affect our third-party liability insurance, which still covers hurricane-related liability claims and which we have renewed at our historic coverage levels.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we received $3.0 million of property insurance proceeds related to the January 2011 operational incident and fire at our Bluewater facility which reimbursed us for capital expenditures previously incurred and reduced the carrying value of our applicable property and equipment.

 

Pine Prairie Project Sale and Lease

 

In May 2006, in order to receive a substantial tax exemption with respect to a portion of the Pine Prairie facility located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, we sold a portion of the facility located in the parish to the Industrial Development Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline State of Louisiana, Inc. (the “Industrial Development Board”) and leased back the property. Simultaneously with the execution of the lease, the Industrial Development Board issued and sold $50 million in bonds to us. Our rental obligations under the lease consist of an amount equal to the annual interest payment due from the Industrial Development Board on the bonds and the amount (if any) required for repayment in full of the outstanding indebtedness with respect to the bonds at the end of the lease term. Additionally, we are required to pay an annual $15,000 administrative fee to the Industrial Development Board, as well as reasonable fees, expenses and charges of the trustee in connection with the bonds.

 

The lease has a 15-year term, which commenced in January 2008, and is terminable by us upon payment to the Industrial Development Board of the amount required for repayment in full of its outstanding indebtedness under the bonds. We also have an option to purchase the leased properties at any time during the lease term for the sum of $5,000 plus the amount required for the repayment in full of any outstanding indebtedness under the bonds.

 

Pursuant to this arrangement, we are not supposed to be subject to ad valorem property tax in the Parish of Evangeline for the property included in this arrangement during the term of the lease except for ad valorem tax on natural gas. Instead, we are required to make certain payments in lieu of ad valorem property taxes (“PILOT Payments”) beginning in 2010, calculated as the difference between $500,000 and a three year average of ad valorem inventory tax revenues applicable to natural gas held in the facility for the prior three consecutive calendar years. We were not obligated to make any PILOT Payments during 2012. PILOT Payments of approximately $37,000 and $192,000 were made during the years ended 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

The passive ownership of the facilities by the Industrial Development Board will not result in any impact to the operation of the Pine Prairie facility. In addition, the tax exemption enables Pine Prairie to offer more competitively priced storage services to respond to market forces.

 

The lease also contains certain covenants that Pine Prairie must comply with in order to obtain the related ad valorem property tax benefits during the term of the lease including maintenance of a minimum level of employment at the facility. We are currently in compliance with the covenants in the lease. Amounts related to the revenue bond and lease obligation are presented on a net basis in our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Property Tax Matter

 

In December 2011, we received property tax bills from Evangeline Parish, Louisiana totaling approximately $1.5 million that assessed property taxes on property that we lease and maintain is exempt from property tax pursuant to a 2006 tax abatement arrangement. In order to properly protest such tax assessments under Louisiana law, we were required to pay the disputed taxes by December 31, 2011 and file suit within 30 days thereafter. We paid the taxes under protest in December 2011 and filed suit within the required 30 day period seeking recovery of the taxes based on the provisions of the tax abatement arrangement.  In May 2012, approximately $1.4 million originally paid under protest was returned to us.  Approximately $0.1 million remains under dispute. In October 2012, we filed an additional lawsuit to prevent Evangeline Parish from issuing additional property tax bills on the leased property subject to the 2006 tax abatement.

 

In December 2012, Evangeline Parish issued additional property tax bills on the property subject to the 2006 tax abatement to us and Industrial Development Board No. 1 of the State of Louisiana, Inc, the lessor of the property, totaling approximately $1.3 million. We paid these taxes under protest in December 2012 and filed suit within the required 30 day period to protest these billings and seek recovery of the amounts paid under protest.

 

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $1.4 million of property taxes paid to Evangeline Parish under protest are reflected as a component of other current assets on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet. We have not recognized any property tax expense related to these billings as they relate to property which we believe is exempt from taxes in accordance with the terms of the 2006 tax abatement agreement.

 

Except for such matter, we are not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are also a party to various administrative and regulatory proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business, none of which we believe to be material.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

Note 15—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):

 

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

Total(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2012

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

108,722

 

$

100,141

 

$

66,127

 

$

112,673

 

$

387,663

 

Gross margin(2)

 

$

22,744

 

$

23,304

 

$

24,508

 

$

29,591

 

$

100,147

 

Operating income

 

$

17,697

 

$

18,688

 

$

19,867

 

$

24,747

 

$

80,999

 

Net income

 

$

16,018

 

$

17,007

 

$

17,889

 

$

22,389

 

$

73,303

 

Net income available to limited partners(3)

 

$

15,398

 

$

16,366

 

$

17,231

 

$

21,516

 

$

70,511

 

Basic net income per limited partner unit(3)

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.99

 

Diluted net income per limited partner unit(3)

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.99

 

Cash distributions per common unit(4)

 

$

0.3575

 

$

0.3575

 

$

0.3575

 

$

0.3575

 

$

1.4300

 

 

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

Total(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per unit data)

 

2011

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

50,420

 

$

54,364

 

$

79,334

 

$

158,846

 

$

342,964

 

Gross margin(2)

 

$

16,363

 

$

21,938

 

$

21,486

 

$

27,826

 

$

87,613

 

Operating income

 

$

7,179

 

$

17,297

 

$

17,118

 

$

23,453

 

$

65,047

 

Net income

 

$

6,345

 

$

15,869

 

$

15,445

 

$

22,039

 

$

59,698

 

Net income available to limited partners(3)

 

$

6,137

 

$

15,470

 

$

14,919

 

$

21,381

 

$

57,905

 

Basic net income per limited partner unit(3)

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.85

 

Diluted net income per limited partner unit(3)

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.85

 

Cash distributions per common unit(4)

 

$

0.3450

 

$

0.3450

 

$

0.3575

 

$

0.3575

 

$

1.4050

 

 


(1)        The sum of the four quarters may not equal the total year due to rounding.

 

(2)        Gross margin is calculated as total revenues less (i) storage-related costs, (ii) natural gas sales costs, (iii) field operating costs, and (iv) depreciation, depletion and amortization.

 

(3)        For all periods during 2012 and 2011, our Series B subordinated units were not entitled to participate in earnings or distributions.

 

(4)        Represents cash distribution per distribution eligible limited partner unit earned for the quarter, which was declared and paid in the following quarter.

 

Note 16—Operating Segments

 

We manage our operations through three operating segments: (i) Pine Prairie, (ii) Southern Pines and (iii) Bluewater.  We have aggregated these operating segments into one reporting segment, Natural Gas Storage, based on the similarity of their economic and other characteristics, including the nature of services provided, methods of execution and delivery of services, types of customers served and regulatory requirements.

 

Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (our Chief Executive Officer) evaluates segment performance based on measures including adjusted EBITDA and maintenance capital investment. We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity compensation plan charges, unrealized gains and losses from derivative activities and other adjustments for the impact of unique and infrequent items, items outside of management’s control and/or items that are not indicative of our core operating results and business outlook, which we refer to as “selected items impacting comparability” or “selected items.”

 

As a master limited partnership, we make quarterly distributions of our “available cash” (as defined in our partnership agreement) to our unitholders. We look at each period’s adjusted EBITDA (which excludes depreciation, depletion and amortization expense) as an important measure of segment performance. The exclusion of depreciation and amortization expense related to our capital assets could be viewed as limiting the usefulness of segment profit as a performance measure because it does not account in

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

current periods for the implied reduction in value of our capital assets caused by age-related decline and wear and tear. We compensate for this limitation by recognizing that age-related decline and wear and tear are largely offset by repair and maintenance investments. These maintenance investments are a component of field operating costs included in segment profit or in maintenance capital, depending on the nature of the cost. Maintenance capital, which is deducted in determining “available cash,” consists of capital expenditures for the replacement of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the service capability, level of production and/or functionality of our existing assets. Capital expenditures made to expand the existing earnings capacity of our assets are considered expansion capital expenditures, not maintenance capital. Repair and maintenance expenditures incurred in order to maintain the day to day operation of our existing assets are charged to expense as incurred.

 

The following table reflects certain financial data for our reporting segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Revenues (1)

 

$

387,663

 

$

342,964

 

$

100,287

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

Maintenance capital

 

$

623

 

$

798

 

$

438

 

Long-lived assets (2)

 

$

1,774,676

 

$

1,756,044

 

$

962,852

 

Total assets

 

$

1,869,069

 

$

1,849,999

 

$

998,728

 

 


(1)        Approximately $107 million and $49 million of natural gas sales revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were sold through a commodity exchange in Canada with physical delivery occurring in Canada.

 

(2)        All of our assets are located in the United States, thus no geographic data disclosure is necessary for long-lived assets or total assets.

 

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

122,403

 

$

107,229

 

$

53,857

 

Selected items impacting Adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation expense (1)

 

(3,980

)

(4,046

)

(2,747

)

Acquisition-related expense

 

 

(4,055

)

(251

)

Insurance deductible related to propery damage

 

 

(500

)

 

Mark-to-market of open derivative positions

 

127

 

138

 

370

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

(37,546

)

(33,714

)

(14,119

)

Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized

 

(7,701

)

(5,354

)

(7,323

)

Net Income

 

$

73,303

 

$

59,698

 

$

29,787

 

 


(1)       Excludes equity compensation expense attributable to certain awards which will be settled in cash upon vesting.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

 EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.1

 

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-164492) filed on January 25, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. dated August 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

Amendment No. 1 dated February 2, 2012 to Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2012).

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

Certificate of Formation of PNGS GP LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-164492) filed on January 25, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PNGS GP LLC dated May 5, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

Contribution Agreement dated as of April 29, 2010 by and among PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P., PNGS GP LLC, Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC, PAA/Vulcan Gas Storage, LLC, Plains Marketing, L.P. and Plains Marketing GP Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

 

Omnibus Agreement dated May 5, 2010 by and among Plains All American GP LLC, Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., PNGS GP LLC and PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

Tax Sharing Agreement dated May 5, 2010 by and among Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. and PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

 

Credit Agreement dated August 19, 2011 among PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P., Bank of America, N.A., and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 25, 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 27, 2012 among PNG Natural Gas Storage, L.P., as Borrower; Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2012).

 

10.6†

 

 

PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

10.7†

 

 

Form of Phantom Unit Grant Letter (Category 1) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

10.8†

 

 

Form of Phantom Unit Grant Letter (Category 2) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

10.9†

 

 

Form of PNGS GP LLC Class B Restricted Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).

 



Table of Contents

 

10.10

 

 

Note Payable to PAA dated February 9, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

 

First Amendment to Promissory Note dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2012).

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

 

Agreement to Lease with Option to Purchase, dated May 1, 2006, between Industrial Development Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline State of Louisiana, Inc. and Pine Prairie Energy Center, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-164492) filed on April 2, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

10.13†

 

 

Director Compensation Summary (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

21.1*

 

 

List of Subsidiaries of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

23.1*

 

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

 

 

 

31.1*

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

 

31.2*

 

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

 

32.1**

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2**

 

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350.

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF*

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 


         Management compensatory plan or arrangement.

*         Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.